Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
 
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015
OR  
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from             to             
Commission file number 001-35390
 
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  
 
Delaware
 
42-1556195
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
726 Exchange Street, Suite 618,
Buffalo, NY
 
14210
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
(716) 819-5500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such requirements for the past 90 days.    YES þ NO o
I ndicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES   þ     NO   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Large accelerated filer
þ

Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
o
Smaller reporting company
o
I ndicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES   o     NO   þ
APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.    YES   o     NO   o
As of April 30, 2015 , there were issued and outstanding 355,063,535 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value.



Table of Contents

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2015
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item Number
Page Number
 

2

Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis is intended to provide greater details of our results of operations and financial condition and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this document. Certain statements under this caption constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the business environment in which First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate, projections of future performance and perceived opportunities in the market. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results, performance, and achievements expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, economic conditions, competition in the geographic and business areas in which we conduct our operations, fluctuation in interest rates, changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and obligors on investment securities we own, increased regulation of financial institutions or other effects of recently enacted legislation, and other factors discussed under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 . First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. does not undertake, and specifically disclaims, any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of events or circumstances after the date of such statements.
OVERVIEW
First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation and a bank holding company, subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), serving both retail and commercial customers through our bank subsidiary, First Niagara Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), a national bank subject to supervision and regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). At March 31, 2015 , we had $39 billion in assets, $28 billion in deposits, and 393 full-service branch locations across New York, Western and Eastern Pennsylvania, Connecticut, and Western Massachusetts. The Company and the Bank are referred to collectively as “we” or “us” or “our.”
In January 2014, we announced a Strategic Investment Plan that represents a pivot in our strategic imperatives by choosing to collectively accelerate certain investments in our business focused on enhancing the customer experience. At the end of our planned three to four year investment period, our objective is to be better positioned to i) deliver greater fee generation and revenue capabilities; ii) improve operating leverage by lowering integration costs of new systems and our overall cost to serve; iii) address growing industry wide regulatory imperatives such as cybersecurity; and iv) improve our overall financial returns. The total cash spend in 2014 through 2017 for these investments is currently estimated at between $200 million and $250 million. Our Board of Directors has formed a Technology Committee to assist the Board of Directors in overseeing the planning and execution of our strategic investment in major technology projects; reviewing and approving major financial commitments related to the Strategic Investment Plan; from a technology perspective, monitoring how the Strategic Investment Plan competitively positions us in relation to our peers; and advising the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors on risk management associated with the Strategic Investment Plan and major technology vendor relationships.
There are three components that make up this strategic technology investment: 1) Revenue Generation, 2) Next Gen Infrastructure, and 3) Integration Layer. First, approximately one half of our planned overall investment will be focused on revenue generation by building specific new products and service enhancements. The second component, which is approximately 25% of our planned overall investment, is building our Next Gen Infrastructure, with a primary focus of reducing our overall operating costs and operational risk. The third area of focus, which is also approximately 25% of our planned overall investment, is on our technology integration capabilities that will significantly reduce our cost of delivering the first two components. The improved integration capabilities piece will allow us to lower both our development and operating costs while increasing our speed to market and maximizing our product capabilities.

3

Table of Contents

Our customer-centric strategy is focused on the successful execution of our aforementioned strategic investment plan that we believe will increase revenues, improve operating leverage and enable us to continue to maintain our strong risk management and regulatory compliance position, all of which we expect will result in greater shareholder value. Our strategy is focused on creating a strong, competitive position by differentiating us through a fast, easy, simple and secure customer experience.
Our objective is to provide our customers with the best experience possible based on their individual needs, however they choose to do business with us, whether it's in the branch, online, on their mobile phone, through our call center, at an ATM or through whatever new channel may appear in the future. In doing so, we believe we will drive greater customer acquisition and retention and incremental revenue growth. This customer-centric omni - channel approach is being embedded in our culture so that it guides every decision we make and every action we take.
In 2014, our cash expenditures related to implementing our strategic investment plan approximated $58 million out of the estimated $200 million to $250 million multi-year spend. In 2013, prior to the announcement of, and not including, our strategic investment plan, we spent $40 million in total capital expenditures. During 2014, we completed the execution of many projects and completed the planning for more. Compared to our overall plan presented in January 2014, we accelerated certain revenue generating projects while deferring certain infrastructure investments out to 2017 that don't directly support product feature and functionality. With this acceleration of projects, we expect to realize revenues now in 2015, and earlier than originally contemplated. In 2015, cash spend is estimated to increase to approximately $70 million, which will increase year-over-year operating expenses related to such investments. However, we believe the benefits accrued from our strategic investments completed to date will offset such expense increase.
In 2014, we completed about 25 discrete projects which provide more product features and functionality that enhances our ability to attract and retain customers. These projects also serve as the foundation upon which other revenue related projects are being built. Overall, the projects completed in 2014 were delivered on time and on budget.
Some of these completed projects and enhancements include:
Remote deposit capture
Person-to-person payment (POP money)
Credit card platform enhancements
Live chat and online marketing enhancements
Customer 360 platform
Commercial loan servicing platform
Indirect auto loan origination platform
Late in the first quarter of 2015, we implemented our deposit online account opening. Early results show that "quality start completions" are approximately two times greater than what they were on our legacy platform. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we expect to begin phasing in our Treasury Management suite. This Treasury Management enhancement is a multi-project program and once fully implemented will add the capabilities that larger commercial customers desire, and will feature new and expanded services such as lock box, business online banking, foreign exchange, online remote check printing, account analysis and deposit reconciliations.
We continue to expect that our strategic investments will drive $80 million in incremental benefits in 2017 and improve our return profile. The benefits that we expect to generate from aforementioned projects along with other system enhancements contemplated in our strategic investment plan will include incremental fee income, increased loan and deposit core customer acquisitions, enhanced pricing opportunities as well as expense efficiencies.

4

Table of Contents

BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY
We operate a multi-faceted regional bank that provides our customers with a full range of products and services. These include commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, commercial business loans and leases, residential real estate, home equity, indirect auto, credit cards, and other consumer loans, as well as retail and commercial deposit products and insurance services, which we offer through a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. We also provide wealth management products and services. Our business model has and will continue to evolve from our thrift roots to a relationship based community banking model that is supported by enhanced products and services that better serve our customers' needs.
Our profitability is primarily dependent on 1) the difference between the interest we receive on loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, 2) credit costs for nonperforming assets, and 3) our cost to deliver these products. The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are a function of the general level of interest rates, the structure of the instrument, the credit worthiness of the borrower, and competition within our markets. These rates are also highly sensitive to conditions that are beyond our control, such as inflation, economic growth, and unemployment, as well as actions and policies of the federal government and its regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve. While the prolonged low interest rate and weak economic environment has pressured our net interest income and margin for several years, more recently, the competition from banks and non-banks has intensified both from a pricing and structural perspective. Absent an improvement in the competitive environment, net interest income will be challenged until we see an increase in short term interest rates. We manage our interest rate risk as described in "Market Risk" in this report, Part II Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
The Federal Reserve implements national monetary policies (with objectives of maximum employment and targeted levels of inflation) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting depository institutions reserve requirements, by varying the target federal funds and discount rates and by varying the supply of money. The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas influence the growth of our loans, investments, and deposits, and also affect interest rates that we earn on interest-earning assets and that we pay on interest-bearing liabilities.
During the third quarter of 2011, the Federal Reserve announced that it intended to keep interest rates low through mid-2013, and has taken certain actions, such as “Operation Twist” and Quantitative Easing, aimed at keeping short- and long-term interest rates low, thus spurring economic growth in the labor and housing markets. The most recent round of Quantitative Easing (QE3) began in September 2012, and was an open-ended program calling for the purchase of $40 billion per month in agency mortgage-backed securities. In December 2012, the Federal Open Market Committee ("FOMC") stated they anticipate that the current exceptionally low federal funds rate will be appropriate at least as long as the unemployment rate remains above 6.5%, inflation between one and two years ahead is projected to be no more than 0.5% above the FOMC's 2% longer-run goal, and longer -term inflation expectations continue to be well anchored. In determining how long to maintain a highly accommodative stance of monetary policy, the FOMC stated it would also consider other information, including additional measures of labor market conditions, indicators of inflation pressures and inflation expectations, and readings on financial developments. When the FOMC decides to begin to remove policy accommodation, it will take a balanced approach consistent with its longer-run goals of maximum employment and inflation of 2%. At the December 2012 meeting, the FOMC also announced it would continue purchasing additional agency mortgage-backed securities at the pace of $40 billion each month and add additional purchases of longer-term Treasury securities initially at a pace of $45 billion per month.
These actions had the cumulative impact of flattening the yield curve, keeping interest rates low and therefore reducing the yields on our earning assets. We have been replacing higher yielding, fixed rate, longer duration loans that prepaid or refinanced away with lower yielding, shorter duration loans.
In June 2013, the Federal Reserve began discussing the tapering of the Quantitative Easing program. This discussion caused the yield curve to steepen appreciably, and slowed the refinancing market in our mortgage banking business. Subsequent to its December 2013 meeting, the Federal Reserve began tapering its monthly purchases of Treasury and agency mortgage-backed securities by $10 billion.

5

Table of Contents

In January 2014, the Fed announced that it would continue tapering its monthly purchases of Treasury and agency mortgage-backed securities by an additional $10 billion, thereby reducing the level of purchases to $65 billion per month.
In September 2014, the Federal Reserve released its mechanisms for how they will raise interest rates when the decision is made to do so and include, in addition to conventional measures such as increases to the Federal Funds Rate, new tools such as paying interest on excess reserves and the use of reverse repurchase agreements. The timing and use of these tools may affect the direction and impact of short-term rate increases.
In October 2014, the Fed announced it had discontinued the quantitative easing program. While the FOMC voted to discontinue monthly bond purchases, they are increasingly divided on the timing of any increase to short-term interest rates. Certain Federal Reserve policy officials have expressed growing concern that maintaining an accommodative monetary policy for longer will lead to inflation exceeding the Federal Reserve’s 2% inflation target and accordingly, the timing of the first increase to short-term interest rates should be during 2015. This view is currently offset by other FOMC members, including Federal Reserve Chair, Janet Yellen, who believe the accommodative policy needs to be maintained and that the Federal Reserve would continue to hold interest rates low until the outlook for the labor market and the general economy improve, including higher overall wages and fewer part time employees. Additionally, some market participants have expressed views that the Federal Funds terminal rate will be 2% lower than historic levels of 4% to 5%, which would impact the steepness of the yield curve in a normalized interest rate environment if correct. Further, depositor behavior is also subject to much debate regarding the pace and timing of deposits flowing out of the banking system.
On December 17, 2014 the FOMC released their Meeting Statement and Economic Projections that, among other things, provide each FOMC participant’s judgment of the midpoint of the appropriate target range for the federal funds rate. The FOMC members’ median projection for the federal funds rate at the end of 2015 was 1.125%. On March 18, 2015, the FOMC updated their economic projections and reduced the midpoint of the appropriate target range for the federal funds rate at the end of 2015 by 0.50% to 0.625%. The median projection for the federal funds rate at the end of 2016 declined from 2.50% to 1.875%. Minutes from the March 18, 2015 meeting demonstrated that the Federal Reserve members are split on whether to increase the federal funds rate in June 2015 stating "Several participants judged that the economic data and outlook were likely to warrant beginning normalization at the June meeting."
Despite the decrease in the projections, the continued low levels of inflation and the decline in oil prices has caused the market to believe the Federal Reserve will not raise the federal funds rate as soon or as high as the Federal Reserve projections. The current futures market has the first rate hike at the end of the third quarter of 2015 and continues to move later in the year. Additionally, longer term interest rates have remained low. The 10 year Treasury rate has fallen to as low as 1.64% on January 30, 2015, the lowest since the second quarter of 2013. Similarly, the mortgage refinance rate was 3.93% on April 30, 2015 up from 3.88% at March 31 but down from 4.00% on December 31, 2014.  In its release after the March 18, 2015 meeting, the FOMC acknowledged that inflation is expected to remain near its recent low level in the near term but stated they expect inflation to gradually rise toward the target level over the medium term. The FOMC also expressed that it anticipates that it will be appropriate to raise the target range for the federal funds rate when it has seen further improvement in the labor market. On April 29, 2015, the FOMC maintained the same outlook for inflation and the federal funds rate but conceded that economic growth slowed during the winter months, describing the slowdown as “in part reflecting transitory factors”.  We do not expect to see significant improvement in net interest income until short-term interest rates increase, and the impact on net interest income will be influenced by the nature and timing of the market reaction and customer behavior, all of which are very unpredictable.
MARKET AREAS AND COMPETITION
Our business operations are concentrated in our primary market areas of New York, Western and Eastern Pennsylvania, Connecticut, Western Massachusetts and the Tri-State area which includes Lower Hudson Valley, Fairfield County, Connecticut, and Northern New Jersey. Therefore, our financial results are affected by economic conditions in these geographic areas. If economic conditions in our markets deteriorate or if we are unable to

6

Table of Contents

sustain our competitive posture, our ability to expand our business and the quality of our loan portfolio could materially impact our financial results.
Our primary lending and deposit gathering areas are generally concentrated in the same areas as our branches. We face significant competition in both making loans and attracting deposits in our markets as they have a high density of financial institutions, some of which are significantly larger than we are and have greater financial resources. Competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, insurance companies, and other financial services companies. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks, and credit unions, as well as additional competition for deposits from the mutual fund industry, internet banks, securities and brokerage firms, and insurance companies, as well as nontraditional competitors such as large retailers offering bank-like products. In addition to the traditional sources of competition for loans and deposits, payment processors and other companies exploring direct peer-to-peer banking provide additional competition for our products and services. In these marketplaces, opportunities to grow and expand are primarily a function of how we are able to differentiate our product offerings and customer experience from our competitors. We offer a variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities that we serve, functioning under a philosophy that includes a commitment to customer service and the community. We have created a customer-centric organization structure that brings our customers' needs and preferences closer to the executive team that enables us to be more responsive to our customers.
More recently, competition for loans, particularly commercial loans, has intensified given the weak economic activity within our markets and nationally. This increased competition from banks and non-banks has resulted in accelerated loan prepayments, particularly in our investor owned commercial real estate portfolio as borrowers gravitate towards financial institutions that are more willing to compete on price, loan structures or tenor. This competition is most notable in Eastern Pennsylvania and New England.
We offer a variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities that we serve, functioning under a philosophy that includes a commitment to customer service and the community.
REGULATORY REFORM
Volcker Rule
The Volcker Rule provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act restrict the ability of affiliates of insured depository institutions to sponsor or invest in private funds or to engage in certain types of proprietary trading. Although the Volcker Rule became effective on July 21, 2012 and the final rules became effective April 1, 2014, in connection with the adoption of the final rules on December 10, 2013 by the responsible agencies, the Federal Reserve issued an order extending the period during which institutions have to conform their activities and investments to the requirements of the Volcker Rule to July 21, 2015. The issuance of the final Volcker Rule restricts our ability to hold debt securities issued by Collateralized Loan Obligations ("CLOs") where our investment in these debt securities is deemed to be an ownership interest in a CLO and the CLO itself does not qualify for an exclusion in the final rule for loan securitizations. On December 18, 2014 the Federal Reserve Board announced it would give banking entities until July 21, 2016 to conform investments in covered funds that were in place prior to December 31, 2013 ("legacy covered funds"). The Board also announced its intention to grant banking entities an additional one-year extension of the conformance period for legacy covered funds which together would extend until July 21, 2017 the time period for institutions to conform their ownership interests to the stated provisions of the final Volcker Rule.
At March 31, 2015 , we have $1.0 billion of CLO investments, with a weighted average yield of 3.2% that could be impacted by this rule ("legacy CLO"). These investments are further described under “Risk Management—Investment Securities Portfolio.” While we believe that it is unlikely that regulatory agencies will initiate any further changes in the Volcker Rule, we continue to evaluate structural solutions that we can apply to our legacy CLO securities and monitor expected prepayments, refinancing and other solutions initiated by the asset managers of the CLO structure that we believe would make any remaining legacy CLO securities compliant with the stated

7

Table of Contents

provisions of the final Volcker Rule. CLO securities that are not compliant with the Volcker Rule may bear greater price risk as the conformance date draws nearer.
As of March 31, 2015 , we have purchased $190 million of newly issued CLO investments that we believe to be exempt from the Volcker Rule.  These CLOs are structured in a manner consistent with the loan securitization exclusion set forth in the Volcker Rule.
Should we no longer be able to hold such securities, we could i) sell these securities expeditiously, and not be able to realize the value we might be able to realize with a normal market sale; ii) recognize all unrealized losses on such securities should we determine it is not more likely than not that we can hold any securities that have a fair value less than book value to a time when the fair value would be at least equal to its book value, which could be the security’s maturity; and iii) reinvest proceeds in other, likely lower yielding investments, which would reduce our revenues. Of the bonds that do not qualify for an exclusion for loan securitizations, at March 31, 2015 , we had $140 million of legacy CLO securities with fair values less than their book values, aggregating to a $0.6 million unrealized loss. We continue to believe it is more likely than not that we can hold any underwater bonds to recovery, which could be maturity as the Federal Reserve intends to extend the holding period to July 21, 2017 and we believe that expected prepayments, refinancing and other structural remedies would enable us to make any remaining CLO securities compliant with the stated ownership interest provisions of the final Volcker Rule and thus allow us to continue holding the bonds after the conformance period ends.
Regulatory Reform is discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 under Item 1, “Business—Supervision and Regulation,” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
We evaluate those accounting policies and estimates that we judge to be critical: those most important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations, and those which require our most subjective and complex judgments. Accordingly, our accounting estimates relating to the valuation of our investment securities, prepayment assumptions on our collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities, adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, the accounting treatment and valuation of our acquired loans, and the analysis of the carrying value of goodwill for impairment are deemed to be critical as our judgments could have a material effect on our results of operations and have been discussed under this same heading in Item 7 of our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” presented in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following are critical accounting estimates that have changed since our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Investment Securities
Our investment securities portfolio includes residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. As the underlying collateral of each of these securities is comprised of a large number of similar residential mortgage loans for which prepayments are probable and the timing and amount of such prepayments can be reasonably estimated, we estimate future principal prepayments of the underlying residential mortgage loans to determine a constant effective yield used to apply the interest method, with retroactive adjustments as warranted.
In order to compute the constant effective yield for these securities, we estimate pooled level cash flows for each security based on a variety of factors, including historical and projected prepayment speeds, current and future interest rates, yield curve assumptions, security issuer and the current political environment. These cash flows are then translated into security level cash flows based on the tranche we own and the unique structure and status of each security. At March 31, 2015 , the par value of our portfolio of residential mortgage-backed securities totaled $7.3 billion , which included $6.9 billion of collateralized mortgage obligations. In the determination of our constant effective yield, we estimate that we will receive $1.3 billion of principal cash flows on our collateralized mortgage obligations over the next 12 months.

8

Table of Contents

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
 
2015
 
2014
At or for the quarter ended
March 31
 
December 31
September 30
June 30
March 31
Selected financial condition data:
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Total assets
$
38,907

 
$
38,551

$
37,972

$
38,628

$
37,991

Loans and leases, net
22,887

 
22,803

22,547

22,126

21,537

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available for sale
5,911

 
5,915

6,198

6,684

7,060

Held to maturity
6,215

 
5,942

5,352

4,834

4,467

Goodwill and other intangibles
1,411

 
1,417

1,423

2,528

2,535

Deposits
28,250

 
27,781

27,670

27,445

27,598

Borrowings
5,973

 
6,206

5,662

5,624

4,871

Stockholders’ equity
$
4,125

 
$
4,093

$
4,096

$
5,082

$
5,027

Common shares outstanding
354

 
353

355

355

354

Selected operations data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
297

 
$
302

$
304

$
302

$
300

Interest expense
34

 
32

31

30

29

Net interest income
263

 
270

273

272

271

Provision for credit losses (1)
13

 
36

17

20

24

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
250

 
234

257

252

247

Noninterest income
82

 
77

75

81

77

Restructuring charges
18

 
9

2


10

Goodwill impairment

 

1,100



Deposit account remediation

 
(23
)
45



Other noninterest expense
244

 
248

249

244

238

Income (loss) before income tax
71

 
77

(1,065
)
89

75

Income tax expense (benefit)
20

 
8

(145
)
13

15

Net income (loss)
51

 
69

(920
)
76

60

Preferred stock dividend
8

 
8

8

8

8

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
$
44

 
$
62

$
(928
)
$
68

$
53

Common stock and related per share data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.12

 
$
0.17

$
(2.65
)
$
0.19

$
0.15

Diluted
0.12

 
0.17

(2.65
)
0.19

0.15

Cash dividends
0.08

 
0.08

0.08

0.08

0.08

Book value (2)
10.80

 
10.71

10.72

13.54

13.40

Tangible book value per share (2)(3)
6.78

 
6.67

6.66

6.32

6.15

Market Price (NASDAQ: FNFG):

 




High
9.20

 
8.61

9.05

9.61

10.65

Low
7.42

 
7.00

8.32

8.27

8.19

Close
8.84

 
8.43

8.33

8.74

9.45

 
(1)  
The provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2014 includes a $1.7 million reduction related to 2013 activity.
(2)  
Excludes unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares prior to January 1, 2015 and unvested restricted stock shares.
(3)  
This is a non-GAAP measure that we believe is useful in understanding our financial performance and condition. Refer to the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for further information.

9

Table of Contents

 
2015
 
2014
At or for the quarter ended
March 31
 
December 31
September 30
June 30
March 31
 
(dollars in millions)
Selected financial ratios and other data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance ratios (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.54
%
 
0.72
%
(9.46
)%
0.80
%
0.65
%
Common equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average common equity
4.69

 
6.42

(77.27
)
5.80

4.55

Return on average tangible common equity (2)
7.48

 
10.24

(163.71
)
12.48

9.90

Total equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average equity
5.05

 
6.62

(71.57
)
6.01

4.85

Return on average tangible equity (2)
7.68

 
10.07

(141.16
)
12.01

9.79

Net interest rate spread
2.97

 
3.02

3.13

3.18

3.25

Net interest rate margin
3.07

 
3.11

3.21

3.26

3.33

Efficiency ratio (3)
75.6

 
67.5

400.6

69.2

71.6

Operating expenses as a percentage of average loans and deposits (4)
2.05

 
1.85

11.19

1.97

2.06

Effective tax rate (benefit)
28.0

 
10.2

(13.6
)
14.5

19.8

Dividend payout ratio
66.67

 
47.06

N/M

42.11

53.33

Capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital (5)
10.02

 
9.81

9.82

9.58

9.62

Total risk-based capital (5)
11.95

 
11.75

11.75

11.53

11.60

Common equity tier 1 capital (5)
8.48

 
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Tier 1 risk-based common
capital (2)(5)
N/A

 
8.20

8.19

7.93

7.93

Leverage ratio (5)
7.56

 
7.50

7.34

7.34

7.28

Ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets
10.60

 
10.62

10.79

13.16

13.23

Ratio of tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets (2)
6.34
%
 
6.30
%
6.39
 %
6.14
%
6.07
%
Risk-weighted assets (5)
$
28,152

 
$
28,186

$
27,729

$
27,313

$
26,638

First Niagara Bank: (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital
10.65

 
10.48

10.41

10.19

10.23

Total risk-based capital
11.53
%
 
11.37
%
11.27
 %
11.05
%
11.08
%
Common equity tier 1 capital
10.65
%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Leverage ratio
8.03
%
 
8.01
%
7.78
 %
7.80
%
7.74
%
Risk-weighted assets
$
28,068

 
$
28,146

$
27,686

$
27,272

$
26,595

Other data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of full service branches
393

 
411

411

411

411

Full time equivalent employees
5,322

 
5,572

5,768

5,874

5,750

 
N/M    Not meaningful
(1)  
Computed using daily averages. Annualized where appropriate.
(2)  
This is a non-GAAP financial measure that we believe is useful in understanding our financial performance and condition. Refer to the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for further information.
(3)  
Computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

10

Table of Contents

(4)  
Computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of average total loans and deposits.
(5)  
Basel III Transitional rules became effective for us on January 1, 2015. Ratios and amounts presented prior to March 31, 2015 are calculated under Basel I rules. As of March 31, 2015, ratios and amounts presented are calculated under the Basel III Standardized Transitional Approach. Common equity tier 1 capital under Basel III replaced Tier 1 common capital under Basel I. Prior to Basel III becoming effective on January 1, 2015, tier 1 common capital under Basel I was a non-GAAP financial measure.
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
At or for the quarter ended
March 31
 
December 31
September 30
June 30
March 31
 
(in millions)
Computation of ending tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
38,907

 
$
38,551

$
37,972

$
38,628

$
37,991

Less: goodwill and other intangibles
(1,411
)
 
(1,417
)
(1,423
)
(2,528
)
(2,535
)
Tangible assets
$
37,497

 
$
37,134

$
36,549

$
36,099

$
35,456

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of ending tangible common equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity
$
4,125

 
$
4,093

$
4,096

$
5,082

$
5,027

Less: goodwill and other intangibles
(1,411
)
 
(1,417
)
(1,423
)
(2,528
)
(2,535
)
Less: preferred stockholders' equity
(338
)
 
(338
)
(338
)
(338
)
(338
)
Tangible common equity
$
2,376

 
$
2,338

$
2,334

$
2,215

$
2,154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of average tangible equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity
$
4,128

 
$
4,141

$
5,100

$
5,066

$
5,034

Less: goodwill and other intangibles
(1,414
)
 
(1,420
)
(2,515
)
(2,532
)
(2,539
)
Tangible equity
$
2,714

 
$
2,721

$
2,586

$
2,534

$
2,495

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of average tangible common equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity
$
4,128

 
$
4,141

$
5,100

$
5,066

$
5,034

Less: goodwill and other intangibles
(1,414
)
 
(1,420
)
(2,515
)
(2,532
)
(2,539
)
Less: preferred stockholders' equity
(338
)
 
(338
)
(338
)
(338
)
(338
)
Tangible common equity
$
2,376

 
$
2,383

$
2,248

$
2,196

$
2,157

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computation of Tier 1 common capital: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
N/A

 
$
2,764

$
2,723

$
2,614

$
2,562

Less: qualifying restricted core capital elements
N/A

 
(114
)
(114
)
(113
)
(113
)
Less: perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock
N/A

 
(338
)
(338
)
(338
)
(338
)
Tier 1 common capital (Non-GAAP)
N/A

 
$
2,312

$
2,271

$
2,162

$
2,111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Basel III Transitional rules became effective for us on January 1, 2015. Common equity tier 1 capital under Basel III replaced Tier 1 common capital under Basel I. Prior to Basel III becoming effective on January 1, 2015, tier 1 common capital under Basel I was a non-GAAP financial measure.

11

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated on a GAAP basis and on an operating (non-GAAP) basis. Our operating results exclude certain nonoperating expense items as detailed below. We believe this non-GAAP measure provides a meaningful comparison of our underlying operational performance and facilitates management’s and investors’ assessments of business and performance trends in comparison to others in the financial services industry and period over period analysis of our fundamental results. In addition, we believe the exclusion of the nonoperating items from our performance enables management and investors to perform a more effective evaluation and comparison of our results and to assess performance in relation to our ongoing operations. 
 
Three months ended
 
March 31,
December 31,
March 31,
(in millions, except per share data)
2015
2014
2014
Operating results (Non-GAAP):
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
263

$
270

$
271

Provision for credit losses
13

36

24

Noninterest income
82

77

77

Noninterest expense
244

248

238

Income tax expense
27

2

17

Net operating income (Non-GAAP)
$
62

$
61

$
69

Operating earnings per diluted share (Non-GAAP)
$
0.15

$
0.15

$
0.17

Reconciliation of net operating income to net income
$
62

$
61

$
69

Nonoperating expenses, net of tax at effective tax rate:
 
 
 
Restructuring charges ($18 million, $9 million, and $10 million pre-tax for the three months ended March 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2014, respectively)
(11
)
(6
)
(8
)
Deposit account remediation (($23) million pre-tax)

15


Total nonoperating expenses, net of tax
(11
)
8

(8
)
Net income (GAAP)
$
51

$
69

$
60

Earnings per diluted share (GAAP)
$
0.12

$
0.17

$
0.15

On an operating (non-GAAP) basis, our first quarter of 2015 reflected the typical first quarter revenue seasonality, primarily due to fewer days, strong expense and headcount management, robust commercial low growth, low credit costs, and a more normalized effective tax rate. The cold weather also had a modest impact on some or our consumer businesses during the first quarter of 2015. Additionally, our results demonstrate our continued strong core business fundamentals and the progress we are making to provide a faster, easier, simpler, and more secure banking experience for our customers, which we believe will ultimately drive increased value for our shareholders. During the quarter, we launched our new Online Deposit Account Opening solution which enables our customers to choose the products they want and open their accounts using their mobile, tablet or desktop devices.
Excluding the restructuring charges, our noninterest expenses decreased 2% , reflecting strong expense management more than offsetting seasonal pressures from certain expense items such as payroll taxes. Additionally, our operating results were consistent with typical first quarter seasonal trends, resulting from fewer days in the quarter. Salaries and employee benefits decreased 5% from the first quarter of 2014, driven primarily by our previously disclosed organization simplification initiative. Average consumer checking account balances increased 11% annualized driven both by balance growth and new customer acquisition.

12

Table of Contents

Comparison to Prior Quarter
Our first quarter 2015 GAAP net income was $51 million , or $0.12 per diluted share, and included $18 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance expenses incurred primarily in connection with the consolidation of 17 branches and the completion of our organization simplification during the quarter as well as third party professional fees incurred in connection with the overstatement of the allowance for loan losses resulting from mid-level employee misconduct that was discovered in February 2015. Excluding these nonoperating items, our operating (non-GAAP) net income was $62 million , or $0.15 per diluted share. By comparison, in the fourth quarter of 2014 , we reported GAAP net income of $69 million , or $0.17 per diluted share, which included the benefit of a $23 million pre-tax reversal of reserves related to the process issue on certain customer accounts as well as the expense impact of $9 million in pre-tax restructuring charges primarily associated with our organization simplification initiative. Excluding these items, our operating (non-GAAP) net income for the three months ended December 31, 2014 amounted to $61 million , or $0.15 per diluted share.
Our first quarter 2015 net interest income decreased $7 million from the prior quarter to $263 million driven primarily by fewer days in the quarter, lower commercial real estate prepayment fees, deposit promotional pricing campaigns, as well as the continued impact of reinvestments and repricing of assets in the current low rate environment. The 4% annualized increase in average interest-earning assets was partially offset by a four basis points decrease in our taxable equivalent net interest rate margin to 3.07% . Growth in average interest earning assets reflected continued loan growth, particularly in commercial real estate, home equity, and indirect auto loans. Average investment securities increased 5% from the prior quarter, driven by growth in our residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio. The four basis points decrease in net interest margin in the first quarter of 2015 reflected continued compression of earning assets yields in the current low interest rate environment, expiration of certain favorable purchase accounting marks on acquired certificates of deposit, as well as the impact of deposit pricing promotional campaigns. Average commercial loan yields declined five basis points while consumer loan yields increased a modest one basis point from the prior quarter.
Compared to the prior quarter, average loans increased 4% annualized during the first quarter of 2015 . Average commercial business and real estate loans increased 5% annualized driven by growth in commercial real estate volumes, primarily in our Eastern Pennsylvania and New England markets. Average commercial real estate loans increased 9% annualized due to higher construction draws as well as increased conversion of our construction customers into permanent mortgages. Commercial business loans were relatively flat compared to the prior quarter given our focus on relationship pricing and prudent underwriting in the current competitive environment, and to a lesser extent, principal paydowns. Average consumer loans increased 2% annualized driven by continued increases in our indirect auto and home equity portfolios.
Average transactional deposit balances, which include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts, decreased 4% annualized from the prior quarter and represent 38% of our average deposit balances at March 31, 2015 , consistent with December 31, 2014 . Average noninterest-bearing checking deposit and interest-bearing checking balances both decreased 4% from the prior quarter, driven by seasonal weakness in municipal deposits. Money market deposit balances increased 4% reflecting promotional marketing campaigns. Time deposits averaged $3.8 billion and decreased 11% from the prior quarter driven primarily by a decrease in brokered deposits. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits increased three basis points from the prior quarter to 0.28% .
Our provision for credit losses totaled $13 million and $36 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. The provision for loan losses on originated loans totaled $11 million and $31 million for the first quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2014 , respectively. The provision for loan losses on originated loans for the fourth quarter of 2014 included $5 million to cover exposure to borrowers servicing the energy sector following the fall in oil prices as well as $10 million related to a single borrower in the oil and gas industry and a $5 million provision towards an unrelated commercial credit that we held for sale at March 2015 and for which we received the proceeds in April 2015. Net charge-offs on our originated loans exceeded our provision for losses on originated loans for the first quarter of 2015. Excluding the commercial credit charge-off related to the loan we sold in March that was recorded in the first quarter but provided for in the fourth quarter,

13

Table of Contents

our net charge-offs would have been 22 basis points reflecting higher than normal recoveries in our commercial business portfolio. Annualized net charge-offs equaled 0.31% of average originated loans, a 13 basis points decrease from 0.44% reported for the fourth quarter of 2015 . At March 31, 2015 , originated criticized loans decreased 5% from the prior quarter and nonperforming originated loans comprised 1.01% of originated loans, an 11 basis points increase from the prior quarter.
The provision for losses on acquired loans totaled $3 million in both the first quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2014 . Annualized net charge-offs equaled 0.25% of average acquired loans for the first quarter of 2015 , compared to 0.17% for the fourth quarter of 2014 .
Noninterest income increased $5 million , or 7% , in the first quarter of 2015 compared to the fourth quarter of 2014 , which included $11 million in amortization of historic tax credits. Excluding this amortization, noninterest income increased 7% reflecting moderation in capital markets income from record levels in the fourth quarter as well as normal seasonal declines in deposit service charges and merchant and card fees. Noninterest expenses increased $27 million from the fourth quarter of 2014 . Excluding $18 million of pre-tax restructuring charges in the first quarter of 2015 and the $23 million pre-tax reversal of a reserve to address a process issue related to certain customer deposit accounts and $9 million in pre-tax restructuring charges in the fourth quarter of 2014 , noninterest expenses decreased $5 million where strong expense management offset normal seasonal increases typical in the first quarter.
Our effective tax rate was 28.0% and 10.2% for first quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2014 , respectively, primarily reflecting the expiration of previously disclosed tax strategies.
Comparison to Prior Year Quarter
Our first quarter 2015 GAAP net income was $51 million , or $0.12 per diluted share, and included $18 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance expenses incurred primarily in connection with the consolidation of 17 branches and the completion of our organization simplification initiative during the quarter, as well as third party professional fees incurred in connection with the overstatement of the allowance for loan losses resulting from mid-level employee misconduct. Excluding these charges, our non-GAAP operating net income was $62 million , or $0.15 per diluted share. Our first quarter 2014 GAAP net income was $60 million , or $0.15 per diluted share, and included $10 million in pre-tax restructuring charges. Excluding these charges, our non-GAAP operating net income was $69 million , or $0.17 per diluted share, for the first quarter of 2014 .
Our first quarter of 2015 net interest income decreased $8 million , or 3% , from the first quarter of 2014 . Our taxable equivalent net interest margin decreased 26 basis points to 3.07% at March 31, 2015 from 3.33% in the first quarter of 2014 . During the current quarter, yields on average interest-earning assets decrease d 24 basis points, compared to the same quarter in 2014 , driven by lower yields across all loan portfolios with the exception of our credit card portfolio. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 0.48% for the current quarter increased four basis points from the same quarter in 2014 .
Average loans increased 7% for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 compared to the same quarter in 2014 . Average commercial business and real estate loans increased 6% over the same quarter in 2014 , with our commercial real estate portfolio increasing 6% and our commercial business portfolio increasing 7% . Average consumer loans increased 8% , primarily driven by growth in home equity and indirect auto loan balances, partially offset by decreases in residential real estate and other consumer loan portfolios.
Average transactional deposit balances, which include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts, increased 9% over the prior year and represent 38% of our average deposit balances, up from 36% a year ago. Average noninterest-bearing checking deposits increased an annualized 12% over the prior year. Average interest-bearing checking balances increased $266 million , or 6% , for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the same quarter in the prior year. Average money market balances increased 2% annualized compared to the prior year quarter while time deposits increased 4% . The average cost of interest-bearing deposits of 0.28% increased five basis points from the prior year quarter.

14

Table of Contents

Our provision for credit losses totaled $13 million and $24 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The provision for loan losses on originated loans decreased to $11 million in the first quarter of 2015 from $20 million in the same quarter in 2014 . Nonperforming originated loans as a percentage of originated loans increased to 1.01% at March 31, 2015 from 0.82% at March 31, 2014 . Annualized net charge-offs equaled 0.31% of average originated loans for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 0.36% of average originated loans for the three months ended March 31, 2014 .
The provision for losses on acquired loans totaled $3 million in the first quarter of 2015 and 2014 . Net charge-offs equaled 0.25% and 0.28% of average acquired loans for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
For the quarter ended March 31, 2015 , noninterest income increased $6 million , or 7% , from the same period in 2014 . Increases in mortgage banking, capital markets income, and other income were partially offset by decreases in deposit service charges, wealth management services, and bank owned life insurance. Other income for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 included $11 million in amortization for historic tax credit investments, which was more than offset by lower tax expense. Noninterest expenses increased $12 million during the same period. Excluding $18 million and $10 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, noninterest expenses increased $5 million , or 2% . Expenses increased across all categories, except salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment and amortization of intangibles.
Our effective tax rate was 28.0% and 19.8% for the first quarter of 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2014 reflects the benefits of a taxable reorganization of a subsidiary and from investments in certain historic tax credits originated by our commercial real estate business.
Net Interest Income
First quarter 2015 net interest income decreased $7 million from the prior quarter to $263 million . Approximately half of this decrease was driven by two less days in the first quarter. The remainder of the decrease was driven by lower commercial real estate prepayment fees, the expiration of certain favorable purchase accounting marks on acquired certificates of deposit, deposit promotional pricing campaigns, and the continued impact of reinvestments and re-pricing of assets in the current low interest rate environment. A 4% annualized increase in total average interest-earning assets was partially offset by a four basis points decrease in the tax equivalent net interest margin to 3.07% . Growth in average earning assets reflected continued organic loan growth and higher investment securities balances.
The four basis points decrease in our tax equivalent net interest margin reflects continued compression of loan yields from prepayments and reinvestments at current market rates, particularly in our commercial real estate portfolio, which had an eight basis points decrease compared to the prior quarter.  Additionally, in the first quarter of 2015 , yields on our investment securities portfolio decreased six basis points driven by a seven basis points decrease in other investment securities yield along with an 11 basis points decrease in yields on our commercial mortgage-backed securities and a two basis points decrease in yields on our residential mortgage-backed securities. Premium amortization on our residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $6 million, consistent with prior quarter.
During 2013, the yield curve steepened appreciably driven by increased anticipation that the Federal Reserve will begin tapering its Quantitative Easing Bond-Buying program.  The steepening of the yield curve resulted from an increase in the mid-to-long end of the curve which has the positive impact of increasing reinvestment rates on certain securities purchases and mitigating premium amortization due to lower prepayment activity driven by higher mortgage rates. However, these benefits to net interest income continue to be more than offset by continued prepayments and/or refinancing of higher-yielding loans and new loan growth at current lower market rates. An intensifying competitive landscape, particularly for commercial and commercial real estate loans may drive spread compression in the future, which will likely impact net interest income.
On December 17, 2014 the FOMC released their Meeting Statement and Economic Projections that, among other things, provide each FOMC participant’s judgment of the midpoint of the appropriate target range for the federal

15

Table of Contents

funds rate. The FOMC members’ median projection for the federal funds rate at the end of 2015 was 1.125%. On March 18, 2015 the FOMC updated their Economic Projections and reduced the midpoint of the appropriate target range for the federal funds rate at the end of 2015 by 0.50% to 0.625%. The median projection for the federal funds rate at the end of 2016 declined from 2.50% to 1.875%. On March 18, 2015 the FOMC updated their Economic Projections and reduced the midpoint of the appropriate target range for the federal funds rate at the end of 2015 by 0.50% to 0.625%. The median projection for the federal funds rate at the end of 2016 declined from 2.50% to 1.875%. Minutes from the March 18, 2015 meeting demonstrated the Fed members are split on whether to increase the federal funds rate in June 2015 stating “Several participants judged that the economic data and outlook were likely to warrant beginning normalization at the June meeting.”
Despite the decrease in the FOMC projections, the continued low levels of inflation and the decline in oil prices has caused the market to believe the Federal Reserve will not raise the federal funds rate as soon or as high as the Federal Reserve projections. The current futures market has the first rate hike at the end of the third quarter of 2015 and continues to move later in the year. Additionally, longer term interest rates have remained low. The 10 year Treasury rate has fallen to as low as 1.64% on January 30, 2015, the lowest since the second quarter of 2013. Similarly, the mortgage refinance rate was 3.93% on April 30, 2015 up from 3.88% at March 31 but down from 4.00% on December 31, 2014.  In its release after the March 18, 2015 meeting, the FOMC acknowledged that inflation is expected to remain near its recent low level in the near term but stated they expected inflation to gradually rise toward the target level over the medium term. The FOMC also expressed it will be appropriate to raise the target range for the federal funds rate when it has seen further improvement in the labor market. On April 29th, 2015, the FOMC maintained the same outlook for inflation and the federal funds rate but conceded that economic growth slowed during the winter months, describing the slowdown as “in part reflecting transitory factors”.  We do not expect to see significant improvement in net interest income until short-term interest rates increase, and the impact on net interest income will be influenced by the nature, timing, market reaction and customer behavior, all of which are very unpredictable.

16

Table of Contents

Comparison to Prior Quarter
The following table presents our condensed average balance sheet and taxable equivalent yields for the periods indicated. Yields earned on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, and average balances are based on average daily balances.
 
Three months ended
 
Increase
(decrease)
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
(dollars in millions)
Average
outstanding
balance
Taxable
equivalent
yield/rate  (1)
 
Average
outstanding
balance
Taxable
equivalent
yield/rate  (1)
 
Average
outstanding
balance
Taxable
equivalent
yield/rate  (1)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
8,263

3.60
%
 
$
8,087

3.68
%
 
$
176

(0.08
)%
Business
5,797

3.43

 
5,791

3.43

 
6


Total commercial lending
14,060

3.53

 
13,878

3.58

 
182

(0.05
)
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
3,338

3.78

 
3,364

3.79

 
(26
)
(0.01
)
Home equity
2,939

3.91

 
2,912

3.94

 
27

(0.03
)
Indirect auto
2,187

2.79

 
2,132

2.82

 
55

(0.03
)
Credit cards
311

11.74

 
314

11.47

 
(3
)
0.27

Other consumer
275

8.49

 
283

8.47

 
(8
)
0.02

Total consumer lending
9,050

4.02

 
9,005

4.01

 
45

0.01

Total loans
23,110

3.75

 
22,883

3.78

 
227

(0.03
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities (3)
7,180

2.49

 
6,892

2.51

 
288

(0.02
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (3)
1,404

3.26

 
1,512

3.37

 
(108
)
(0.11
)
Other investment securities (3)
3,554

3.52

 
3,585

3.59

 
(31
)
(0.07
)
Total investment securities
12,138

2.88

 
11,989

2.94

 
149

(0.06
)
Money market and other investments
158

1.01

 
161

1.21

 
(3
)
(0.20
)
Total interest-earning assets
35,406

3.45
%
 
35,033

3.47
%
 
373

(0.02
)%
Noninterest-earning assets (4)(5)
3,301

 
 
3,285

 
 
16

 
Total assets
$
38,707

 
 
$
38,318

 
 
$
389

 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings deposits
$
3,432

0.08
%
 
$
3,447

0.09
%
 
$
(15
)
(0.01
)%
Checking accounts
5,001

0.03

 
5,049

0.03

 
(48
)

Money market deposits
10,132

0.26

 
10,037

0.24

 
95

0.02

Certificates of deposit
3,778

0.84

 
3,888

0.72

 
(110
)
0.12

Total interest-bearing deposits
22,343

0.28

 
22,421

0.25

 
(78
)
0.03

Borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
5,125

0.46

 
4,917

0.43

 
208

0.03

Long-term borrowings
1,027

4.98

 
734

6.56

 
293

(1.58
)
Total borrowings
6,152

1.21

 
5,651

1.23

 
501

(0.02
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
28,495

0.48
%
 
28,072

0.45
%
 
423

0.03
 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits
5,430

 
 
5,485

 
 
(55
)
 
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
654

 
 
620

 
 
34

 
Total liabilities
34,579

 
 
34,177

 
 
402

 
Stockholders’ equity (4)
4,128

 
 
4,141

 
 
(13
)
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
38,707

 
 
$
38,318

 
 
$
389

 
Net interest rate spread
 
2.97
%
 
 
3.02
%
 
 
(0.05
)%
Net interest rate margin
 
3.07
%
 
 
3.11
%
 
 
(0.04
)%
 
(1)  
We use a taxable equivalent basis based upon a 35% tax rate in order to provide the most comparative yields among all types of interest-earning assets.
(2)  
Average outstanding balances are net of deferred costs and net premiums or discounts and include nonperforming loans.
(3)  
Average outstanding balances are at amortized cost.

17

Table of Contents

(4)  
Average outstanding balances include unrealized gains/losses on securities available for sale.
(5)  
Average outstanding balances include allowances for loan losses and bank owned life insurance, earnings from which are reflected in noninterest income.
Our taxable equivalent net interest income of $268 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 decreased by $7 million from the quarter ended December 31, 2014 . Approximately one-half of the decline was driven by two fewer days in the quarter. The remainder of the decrease was driven by lower commercial real estate prepayment fees, deposit promotional pricing campaigns, as well as the continued impact of reinvestments and re-pricing of assets in the current low interest rate environment. The fourth quarter of 2014 also included $1.4 million in benefits primarily from CLO discount accretion and higher prepayment penalties. Average earning assets increased 4% annualized from the prior quarter driven by growth in both loans and investment securities.
Net interest margin decreased four basis points from the prior quarter to 3.07% , reflecting continued compression of earning asset yields in the current low interest rate environment, expiration of certain favorable purchase accounting marks on acquired certificates of deposits, as well as the impact of deposit pricing promotional campaigns. Overall, the yield on earning assets decreased two basis points quarter over quarter.
Our average balance of investment securities increased quarter over quarter by $149 million . Yields on our investment securities portfolio decreased six basis points due to a seven basis point decrease in yields on other investment securities, an 11 basis points decrease in commercial mortgage-backed securities and a two basis point decrease in residential mortgage-backed securities. Higher yields in the fourth quarter of 2014 resulted from $0.7 million of prepayments from CLOs that were purchased at a discount which were not received in the first quarter 2015. While such income from CLO payoffs benefit the quarter in which they are received, the long-term implication is that these assets had above market interest rates that are being replaced with other lower yielding assets.
Overall, our loan growth was 4% annualized from the fourth quarter of 2014 , as our average loan balances increased by $227 million . Commercial loan growth was $182 million and indirect auto remained a source of growth contributing $55 million of the average net loan growth this quarter, as originations moderated to $235 million during the first quarter of 2015 . These increases were partially offset by a slight decrease in our residential real estate and other consumer portfolios. Loan yields declined three basis points as commercial loan yields decreased by five basis points was partially offset by our consumer loan portfolio yields which increased by one basis point. The fourth quarter of 2014 loan yields benefited from $1.2 million in prepayment penalties from the commercial real estate portfolio.
Overall, gross commercial loan yields declined as a result of (i) new loan production being booked in a lower interest rate environment, and (ii) a shorter duration of our commercial loan portfolio.  The shorter duration resulted as a higher percentage of our new originations were variable rate, which was partially attributable to our customer derivatives capacity, which permits us to offer our customers seeking a longer term rate the flexibility to swap their variable loan obligation to a fixed rate. These variable rate originations replaced the repayment of fixed rate loans with higher rates.
Our average balances of interest bearing deposits decreased by $78 million while our average rate paid increased three basis points from the prior quarter, reflecting promotional deposit pricing campaigns and the expiration of certain favorable purchase accounting marks on acquired certificates of deposit. The decrease in our average balances was driven by the typical seasonality in commercial deposit balances and lower municipal and brokered time deposits partially offset by higher consumer deposit balances.
Our average borrowings increased quarter over quarter by $501 million as we utilized wholesale funding in the current quarter to fund our balance sheet growth. Our cost of borrowings decreased two basis points from the fourth quarter of 2014 to 1.21 % for the first quarter of 2015 .

18

Table of Contents

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter
The following table presents our condensed average balance sheet and taxable equivalent yields for the periods indicated. Yields earned on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and average balances are based on average daily balances.
 
Three months ended
 
Increase
(decrease)
 
March 31, 2015
 
March 31, 2014
 
(dollars in millions)
Average
outstanding
balance
Taxable
equivalent
yield/rate (1)
 
Average
outstanding
balance
Taxable
equivalent
yield/rate (1)
 
Average
outstanding
balance
Taxable
equivalent
yield/rate (1)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
8,263

3.60
%
 
$
7,801

3.89
%
 
$
462

(0.29
)%
Business
5,797

3.43

 
5,413

3.56

 
384

(0.13
)
Total commercial lending
14,060

3.53

 
13,214

3.76

 
846

(0.23
)
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
3,338

3.78

 
3,416

3.88

 
(78
)
(0.10
)
Home equity
2,939

3.91

 
2,756

4.12

 
183

(0.21
)
Indirect auto
2,187

2.79

 
1,613

2.93

 
574

(0.14
)
Credit cards
311

11.74

 
314

11.64

 
(3
)
0.10

Other consumer
275

8.49

 
300

8.64

 
(25
)
(0.15
)
Total consumer lending
9,050

4.02

 
8,399

4.26

 
651

(0.24
)
Total loans
23,110

3.75

 
21,613

3.98

 
1,497

(0.23
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities (3)
7,180

2.49

 
5,689

2.75

 
1,491

(0.26
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (3)
1,404

3.26

 
1,697

3.28

 
(293
)
(0.02
)
Other investment securities (3)
3,554

3.52

 
4,388

3.55

 
(834
)
(0.03
)
Total investment securities
12,138

2.88

 
11,774

3.12

 
364

(0.24
)
Money market and other investments
158

1.01

 
125

1.64

 
33

(0.63
)
Total interest-earning assets
35,406

3.45
%
 
33,512

3.69
%
 
1,894

(0.24
)%
Noninterest-earning assets (4)(5)
3,301

 
 
4,236

 
 
(935
)
 
Total assets
$
38,707

 
 
$
37,748

 
 
$
959

 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings deposits
$
3,432

0.08
%
 
$
3,631

0.08
%
 
$
(199
)
 %
Checking accounts
5,001

0.03

 
4,735

0.03

 
266


Money market deposits
10,132

0.26

 
9,887

0.20

 
245

0.06

Certificates of deposit
3,778

0.84

 
3,647

0.70

 
131

0.14

Total interest-bearing deposits
22,343

0.28

 
21,900

0.23

 
443

0.05

Borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
5,125

0.46

 
4,642

0.44

 
483

0.02

Long-term borrowings
1,027

4.98

 
734

6.69

 
293

(1.71
)
Total borrowings
6,152

1.21

 
5,376

1.29

 
776

(0.08
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
28,495

0.48
%
 
27,276

0.44
%
 
1,219

0.04
 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits
5,430

 
 
4,864

 
 
566

 
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
654

 
 
574

 
 
80

 
Total liabilities
34,579

 
 
32,714

 
 
1,865

 
Stockholders’ equity (4)
4,128

 
 
5,034

 
 
(906
)
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
38,707

 
 
$
37,748

 
 
$
959

 
Net interest rate spread
 
2.97
%
 
 
3.25
%
 
 
(0.28
)%
Net interest rate margin
 
3.07
%
 
 
3.33
%
 
 
(0.26
)%
 

19

Table of Contents

(1)  
We use a taxable equivalent basis based on a 35% tax rate in order to provide the most comparative yields among all types of interest-earning assets.
(2)  
Average outstanding balances are net of deferred costs and net premiums and include nonperforming loans.
(3)  
Average outstanding balances are at amortized cost.
(4)  
Average outstanding balances include unrealized gains/losses on securities available for sale.
(5)  
Average outstanding balances include allowances for loan losses and bank owned life insurance, earnings from which are reflected in noninterest income.
Our taxable equivalent net interest income decreased $7 million for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 reflecting an increase in net-interest earning assets of $675 million and a decrease in our net interest margin of 26 basis points. The $1.9 billion increase in interest-earning assets reflects organic loan growth in our commercial and indirect auto portfolios. Over the same period, our average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $1.2 billion , as we funded our balance sheet growth by strategically replacing certain money market and time deposits with lower costing brokered deposits and short-term borrowings. The 26 basis point decrease in our net interest margin resulted from the continued yield compression on our loan and securities portfolio brought on by prepayments and market pressures on interest rates.
The yield on our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios decreased by 29 basis points and 13 basis points, respectively. Consumer loan yields dropped 24 basis points during the same period, driven primarily by a 14 basis points decline in indirect auto yields and a 21 basis points decline in home equity yields.
Our yields on interest-earning assets in the first quarter of 2015 decreased 24 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2014 , while costs on interest-bearing liabilities increased four basis points, resulting in a 28 basis point decrease in our interest rate spread.
Provision for Credit Losses
Our provision for credit losses is comprised of three components: consideration of the adequacy of our allowance for originated loan losses; needs for allowance for acquired loan losses due to deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition; and probable losses associated with our unfunded loan commitments. The following table details the composition of our provision for credit losses for the periods indicated:
 
Three months ended
 
March 31,
December 31,
March 31,
(in millions)
2015
2014
2014
Provision for originated loans
$
11

$
31

$
20

Provision for acquired loans
3

3

3

(Release of) provision for unfunded commitments
(1
)
2


Total
$
13

$
36

$
24

Our provision for credit losses of $13 million in the first quarter of 2015 declined primarily due to elevated provision on our originated loans in the fourth quarter of 2014. Our provision for loan losses related to our originated loans is based upon the inherent risk of our loans and considers interrelated factors such as the composition and other credit risk factors of our loan portfolio, trends in asset quality including loan concentrations, and the level of our delinquent loans. Consideration is also given to collateral value, government guarantees, and regional and global economic indicators. The provision for loan losses related to originated loans amounted to $11 million , or 0.23% of average originated loans annualized, for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 , compared to $31 million , or 0.65% of average originated loans annualized, for the quarter ended December 31, 2014 and $20 million , or 0.47% of average originated loans annualized for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 .
The $20 million decrease from $31 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2014 to $11 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 is entirely driven by three items that elevated fourth quarter provision. In the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded 1) $10 million provision expense to cover a $10 million charge-off related to a single borrower in the oil and gas industry in Western Pennsylvania for which we obtained new information regarding the collectability of the customer loan (See “Energy Related Exposures” in “Credit Risk” for our portfolio details), 2) a

20

Table of Contents

$5 million provision for our energy-related portfolio and 3) a $5 million provision for credit losses related to impairment on a commercial loan that we held for sale as of March 31, 2015 and received payment for in April 2015. Our direct exposure to the oil and gas industry is about $164 million in balances, or 0.7% of our total loan portfolio. Additionally, our indirect exposure to the sector is about $149 million in balances, or 0.6% of our total loan portfolio. Overall, normalizing for the oil and gas and the commercial credit impact in the fourth quarter of 2014 and the first quarter of 2015, the provision metric is relatively stable quarter over quarter.
Our provision for loan losses related to our acquired loans is based upon a deterioration in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition of the loans. These acquired loans were originally recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. As the fair value at time of acquisition incorporated lifetime expected credit losses, there was no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to acquisition, we periodically reforecast the expected cash flows for our acquired loans and compare this to our original estimates to evaluate the need for a loan loss provision. Our provision related to our acquired loans was $3 million for each of the first quarter of 2015 , the fourth quarter of 2014 and the first quarter of 2014 .
The provision for credit losses included a reduction of $1.4 million related to our unfunded loan commitments in the first quarter of 2015 . Our total unfunded commitments were $11.2 billion and $11.0 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. The liability for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Condition and amounted to $15 million and $16 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Noninterest Income
The following table presents our noninterest income for the periods indicated:
 
Three months ended
(dollars in millions)
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
March 31,
2014
Deposit service charges
$
20

$
23

$
23

Insurance commissions
16

15

16

Merchant and card fees
12

13

12

Wealth management services
15

14

16

Mortgage banking
5

5

3

Capital markets income
4

8

4

Lending and leasing
4

5

5

Bank owned life insurance
4

3

5

Other income excluding historic tax credit amortization
3

3

1

Total noninterest income excluding historic tax credit amortization (non-GAAP)
82

88

84

Historic tax credit amortization

(11
)
(7
)
Total noninterest income (GAAP)
$
82

$
77

$
77

Noninterest income excluding historic tax credit amortization as a percentage of net revenue (non-GAAP)
23.8
%
24.6
%
23.7
%
Noninterest income as a percentage of net revenue
23.8
%
22.2
%
22.1
%
Comparison to Prior Quarter
First quarter of 2015 GAAP noninterest income of $82 million increased $5 million , or 7% , compared to the fourth quarter of 2014 . Increases in insurance commissions and other income were offset by seasonally lower deposit service charges and merchant and card fees, and moderation in capital markets income. Other income for the fourth quarter of 2014 included $11 million of amortization of historic tax credits, which was offset by lower tax expense. These investments are amortized in the first year of funding and we recognized the amortization as contra-fee income, included in other income, with an offsetting benefit that reduced our income tax expense. No

21

Table of Contents

such amortization was recorded in the first quarter of 2015. Excluding this amortization, noninterest income decreased $6 million , or 7% .
Insurance commissions increased $1 million , or 6% , reflecting typical first quarter strength in renewal activity. Income from wealth management services increased modestly from the prior quarter driven by stronger variable rate annuity and mutual fund sales. Mortgage banking income increased 6% reflective of higher locked volumes and gain on sale margins. Deposit service charges decreased $2 million , or 10% , driven by typical seasonal patterns and lower nonsufficient funds incident rates. The seasonal decline was consistent with our experience last year. The $1 million , or 9% , decrease in merchant and card fees reflects normal seasonality and to a lesser extent, severe weather. Capital markets income decreased $4 million , or 50% , and primarily stemmed from lower derivatives income following significantly elevated levels in the fourth quarter of 2014.
Comparison to Prior Year Quarter
First quarter of 2015 GAAP noninterest income of $82 million increased $6 million , or 7% , compared to the first quarter of 2014 , driven primarily by higher revenues from mortgage banking, capital markets income, and other income, partially offset by lower revenues from deposit service charges, wealth management service, and bank owned life insurance. Other income in the first quarter of 2014 included $7 million of amortization of historic tax credits, which was offset by lower tax expense. These investments are amortized in the first year of funding and we recognized the amortization as contra-fee income, included in other income, with an offsetting benefit that reduced our income tax expense. No such amortization was recorded in the first quarter of 2015. Excluding this amortization, noninterest income decreased $2 million , or 2% ,
Mortgage banking revenues improved $1 million , or 44% , from the prior year quarter as a result of higher gain on sale volumes and the $1 million , or 15% , increase in capital markets income was due to higher derivatives income partially offset by lower syndication revenues. Revenues from deposit service charges decreased $3 million , or 13% , lower nonsufficient funds incident rates, while revenues from wealth management services decreased $1 million , or 6% , as a result of lower annuity sales. The $2 million , or 34% , decrease in bank owned life insurance was due to benefits received on two insurance claims in the first quarter of 2014.

22

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
The following table presents our noninterest expenses for the periods indicated: 
 
Three months ended
(dollars in millions)
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
March 31,
2014
Salaries and employee benefits
$
112

$
111

$
118

Occupancy and equipment
27

28

28

Technology and communications
35

34

30

Marketing and advertising
10

12

7

Professional services
13

17

12

Amortization of intangibles
6

6

8

FDIC premiums
11

12

9

Restructuring charges
18

9

10

Deposit account remediation

(23
)

Other expense
29

28

27

Total noninterest expenses
261

234

249

Less nonoperating expenses:
 
 
 
Restructuring charges
(18
)
(9
)
(10
)
Deposit account remediation

23


Total operating noninterest expenses (1)
$
244

$
248

$
238

Efficiency ratio (2)
75.6
%
67.5
%
71.6
%
Operating efficiency ratio (1)
70.5
%
71.5
%
68.6
%
Full time equivalent employees
5,322

5,572

5,750

(1)  
We believe this non-GAAP measure provides a meaningful comparison of our underlying operational performance and facilitates management’s and investors’ assessments of business and performance trends in comparison to others in the financial services industry and period over period analysis of our fundamental results. The operating efficiency ratio is computed by dividing operating noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(2)  
The efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
Comparison to Prior Quarter
First quarter 2015 GAAP noninterest expenses increased $27 million to $261 million from the fourth quarter of 2014 , and included $18 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance charges incurred primarily in connection with the consolidation of 17 branches and the completion of our organization simplification during the quarter as well as third party professional fees incurred in connection with the overstatement of the allowance for loan losses resulting from mid-level employee misconduct. Noninterest expenses for the fourth quarter of 2014 included $9 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance charges incurred primarily in connection with our organization simplification initiative and a pre-tax benefit of $23 million related to the reversal of reserves recognized in the third quarter to address the process issue related to certain customer deposit accounts. Excluding these charges, operating (non-GAAP) noninterest expenses decreased $5 million , or 2% . Expenses decreased across all categories with the exception of salaries and benefits and technology and communications.
The $1 million , or 4% , decrease in occupancy and equipment reflects the benefits of consolidating 17 branches during the current quarter. Marketing and advertising moderated by $2 million , or 15% , as a result of elevated fourth quarter levels. Professional services decreased $4 million , or 21% , due to elevated legal and other professional fees incurred for other corporate activities in the prior quarter.
Salaries and employee benefits only increased $1 million , or 1% , as typical seasonally higher payroll taxes and benefit costs were partially offset by the benefits of a 4% reduction in headcount, resulting in a 4% decrease in

23

Table of Contents

salaries. Technology and communications expenses increased $1 million , or 3% , due to higher hardware and software expenses and higher depreciation.
Restructuring charges for the first quarter of 2015 were comprised of $4 million in salaries and employee benefits, $6 million in occupancy and equipment, $5 million in professional services, and $2 million in other expenses. Restructuring charges for the fourth quarter of 2014 were comprised of $6 million in salaries and employee benefits and $3 million in professional services.
In the first quarter of 2015 , our GAAP efficiency ratio was 75.6% compared to 67.5% in the prior quarter. Excluding the $18 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance expenses, our non-GAAP operating efficiency ratio for the first quarter of 2015 was 70.5% . Excluding $9 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance charges and a pre-tax benefit of $23 million related to the reversal of reserves recognized in the third quarter to address the process issue related to certain customer deposit accounts, our non-GAAP operating efficiency ratio for the fourth quarter of 2014 was 71.5% .
Comparison to Prior Year Quarter
GAAP noninterest expenses increased $12 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the quarter ended March 31, 2014 . Noninterest expenses for the first quarter of 2015 included $18 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance charges incurred primarily in connection with the consolidation of 17 branches and the completion of our organization simplification initiative during the quarter as well as third party professional fees incurred in connection with the overstatement of the allowance for loan losses. Noninterest expenses for the first quarter of 2014 included $10 million in pre-tax restructuring and severance expenses incurred primarily in connection with a branch staffing realignment. Excluding these charges, operating (non-GAAP) noninterest expenses increased $5 million .
Technology and communications expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased $5 million , or 16% , from the same period in 2014 primarily as a result of higher depreciation related to completed technology projects. Marketing and advertising was $2 million , or 34% , higher for 2015 due to promotional campaigns. Professional services increased $1 million , or 10% , due to higher corporate costs. FDIC premiums increased $2 million , or 26% , due to higher construction loans and the impact of our $1.1 billion goodwill impairment charge in the third quarter of 2014.
Partially offsetting these increases were a $6 million , or 5% , decrease in salaries and employee benefits and a $1 million , or 17% , decrease in amortization of intangibles. The decrease in salaries and employee benefits was primarily driven by our 7% lower headcount resulting from our organization simplification initiative.
Taxes
The provision for income taxes in the first quarter of 2015 and fourth quarter of 2014 was $20 million and $8 million , respectively, resulting in effective tax rates of 28.0% and 10.2% , respectively. The effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2014 reflects the benefits of a taxable reorganization of a subsidiary and from investments in certain historic tax credits.
The provision for income taxes in the first quarter of 2015 and 2014 was $20 million and $15 million , respectively, resulting in effective tax rates of 28.0% and 19.8% . The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2014 reflects the benefits of a taxable reorganization of a subsidiary and from investments in certain historic tax credits.
RISK MANAGEMENT
The risks we are subject to in the normal course of business, include, but are not limited to, strategic, credit, market (including liquidity, interest rate and price risks), capital, compliance and regulatory operational, information technology/information security, and reputation (as a component of the risks noted above). We maintain capital at a level that we believe protects us against these risks.

24

Table of Contents

As with all companies, we face uncertainty and the management of these risks is an important component of driving shareholder value and financial returns. We do this through robust governance processes and appropriate risk and control framework. Our Board of Directors, through the Risk Committee of the Board, sets the tone by establishing our consolidated risk appetite statement. This risk appetite statement provides guidance to ensure risk-taking is appropriate and strategy and tactics are properly aligned in the pursuit of financial objectives. Risk appetite and risk tolerances throughout the Company are an extension of this consolidated risk appetite statement. This is managed through an Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework which includes methods and processes to identify, monitor, manage, and report on risk. The ERM division, led by our Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for this framework. Successful management of risk allows us to identify situations that may significantly or materially interfere with the achievement of desired goals, or an event or activity which may cause a significant opportunity to be missed.
We employ a three lines of defense model as our primary means to ensure roles, responsibilities and accountabilities are defined and to allow for quick identification and response to risk events. The lines of business and functional areas represent the first line of defense. These areas own, identify, and manage the risks. The second line (those independent risk areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer), have responsibility for the facilitation and implementation of robust enterprise risk management and compliance processes to effectively monitor and oversee (governance, policy, identification, assessment, analysis, monitoring, reporting) risks being managed by the first line. The third line of defense is Internal Audit which provides independent objective assurance services which audit and report on the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls, risk management framework and governance processes. The results of internal audit reviews are reported to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors has the fundamental responsibility of directing the management of the Bank's business and affairs, and establishing a corporate culture that prevents the circumvention of safe and sound policies and procedures. Our Board of Directors and Executive Management utilize various committees in the management of risk. The main risk governance committees are the Risk Committee and Audit Committee of the Board and the Enterprise Risk Management Committee ("ERMC"), Capital Management Committee ("CMC") and Disclosure Committee of Management. The purpose of the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities of the Company with respect to understanding inherent risks impacting the Company and related control activities; and, assessing the risks of the Company. Sub-committees of the ERMC, which support the core risk areas, are the Operational Risk Committee, Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Committee, Commercial Credit Risk and Policy Committee, Consumer Credit Risk and Policy Committee, Asset/Liability Committee, Compliance Management Committee, and the Community Reinvestment Act Committee. These sub-committees are supported by various working groups. The purpose of the CMC is to provide oversight to the Company's capital adequacy assessment activities, DFAST, and assess/recommend capital actions.
The purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its financially related oversight responsibilities of the Company. The Disclosure Committee supports the Audit Committee and carries out Management’s responsibilities for the review and approval of reports submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the authority granted to Management by the Board of Directors.
Credit Risk
As a bank, we make loans and loan commitments, and purchase securities whose realization is dependent on future principal and interest repayments. Credit risk is the risk associated with the potential inability of a borrower to repay their debt according to their contractual terms. This inability to repay could result in higher levels of nonperforming assets and credit losses, which could potentially reduce our earnings.

25

Table of Contents

Loans
The following table presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolios at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Increase (decrease)
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Percent
 
Amount
Percent
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
7,201

31.1
%
 
$
7,231

31.4
%
$
(30
)
Construction
1,087

4.7

 
973

4.2

113

Business
5,791

25.1

 
5,775

25.1

16

Total commercial
14,078

60.9

 
13,979

60.7

99

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
3,330

14.4

 
3,353

14.6

(23
)
Home equity
2,944

12.7

 
2,936

12.7

8

Indirect auto
2,201

9.5

 
2,166

9.4

35

Credit cards
301

1.3

 
324

1.4

(23
)
Other consumer
264

1.2

 
278

1.2

(14
)
Total consumer
9,040

39.1

 
9,058

39.3

(18
)
Total loans and leases
23,118

100.0
%
 
23,037

100.0
%
81

Allowance for loan losses
(231
)
 
 
(234
)
 
3

Total loans and leases, net
$
22,887

 
 
$
22,803

 
$
84

Our primary lending activity is the origination of commercial business and commercial real estate loans, as well as residential mortgage and home equity loans to customers located within our primary market areas. Our commercial real estate and business loan portfolios provide opportunities to cross sell other fee-based banking services. Consistent with our long-term customer relationship focus, we retain the servicing rights on the majority of residential mortgage loans that we sell, resulting in monthly servicing fee income to us. Substantially all of the residential mortgage loans that we originated in 2015 complied with the Qualified Mortgage rules of the Dodd-Frank Act. We also originate and retain in our lending portfolio various types of home equity and consumer loan products given their customer relationship building benefits.
Our total loans and leases outstanding increased $81 million from December 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015 stemming from the continued growth in our commercial and indirect auto portfolios. Our commercial loan portfolio increased $99 million , or 3% annualized, resulting from our continued strategic focus on the portfolio. Our period over period results display the organic growth across our footprint in our commercial lending activities and from a slight increase in the utilization of line commitments, to 41.8% at March 31, 2015 from 41.6% at December 31, 2014 . Commercial loans as a percentage of our total loans of 61% remained in line with the loan type composition at December 31, 2014 . During the first quarter of 2015 , we originated $235 million of indirect auto loans.
The 6% annualized increase in our indirect auto portfolio reflects $235 million in new originations, which were impacted by cold weather conditions and our decision to be more selective on pricing, partially offset by increasing paydowns. New originations in the first quarter of 2015 yielded 3.25%, net of dealer reserve, an increase of 16 basis points from the prior quarter at a weighted average FICO score of 755. The increase in home equity balances reflects higher customer draws and the benefits of promotional cross-sell campaigns. Offsetting this growth was a decrease in our residential real estate loan portfolio of $23 million which reflected increased prepayments of adjustable rate mortgages and our strategy of selling certain newly originated fixed rate residential real estate loans in the secondary market.
Included in the table above are acquired loans with a carrying value of $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Such acquired loans were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of any related allowance for loan losses.

26

Table of Contents

We continue to expand our commercial lending activities by taking advantage of opportunities to move up market while remaining focused on credit discipline. Our enhanced specialty offerings in equipment financing, healthcare, and loan syndications continue to provide additional opportunities to enhance our relationships with our existing commercial customer base, as well as attract new customers. Overall, our commercial pipelines at the end of the first quarter of 2015 are softer than our levels in 2013 and 2014.
The table below presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolios, including net deferred costs and unearned discounts, based on the region in which the loan was originated, except for our residential real estate and credit cards portfolios which are assigned to a region based on the primary address of the consumer:
(in millions)

New York
Western
Pennsylvania
Eastern
Pennsylvania
Connecticut
and Western
Massachusetts
Other (1)
Total loans
and leases
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
4,146

$
961

$
1,576

$
1,604

$

$
8,287

Business
2,634

973

902

759

522

5,791

Total commercial
6,781

1,934

2,477

2,364

522

14,078

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
1,217

138

292

1,682


3,330

Home equity
1,614

301

560

468


2,944

Indirect auto
734

55

45

398

970

2,201

Credit cards
241

31

15

15


301

Other consumer
173

46

31

14


264

Total consumer
3,979

572

943

2,577

970

9,040

Total loans and leases
$
10,760

$
2,506

$
3,420

$
4,941

$
1,492

$
23,118

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
4,083

$
939

$
1,535

$
1,647

$

$
8,204

Business
2,658

991

818

754

556

5,775

Total commercial
6,740

1,929

2,353

2,401

556

13,979

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
1,221

140

290

1,702


3,353

Home equity
1,537

295

568

536


2,936

Indirect auto
733

48

41

390

954

2,166

Credit cards
261

33

15

15


324

Other consumer
183

48

32

15


278

Total consumer
3,936

564

946

2,658

954

9,058

Total loans and leases
$
10,676

$
2,494

$
3,299

$
5,059

$
1,510

$
23,037

 
(1)  
Other consists of indirect auto loans made in states that border our footprint, and our capital markets portfolio. Our capital markets portfolio includes participations in syndicated loans that have been underwritten and purchased by us where we are not the lead bank. Nearly all of these loans are to companies in our footprint states or in states that border our footprint states.
Our Western and Eastern Pennsylvania markets have exhibited steady growth with an increase in their commercial loan portfolios of $5 million and $124 million , or 1% and 21% annualized, respectively, from the end of 2014 . Over the same period, our New York market also contributed to the growth, with a 2% annualized increase.

27

Table of Contents

The table below presents a breakout of the unpaid principal balance of our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios by individual loan size at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Count
 
Amount
Count
Commercial real estate loans by balance size: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Greater than or equal to $20 million
$
677

26

 
$
687

27

$10 million to $20 million
1,634

118

 
1,520

109

$5 million to $10 million
1,565

222

 
1,589

226

$1 million to $5 million
2,714

1,251

 
2,733

1,263

Less than $1 million (2)
1,697

6,670

 
1,675

6,826

Total commercial real estate loans
$
8,287

8,287

 
$
8,204

8,451

Commercial business loans by size: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Greater than or equal to $20 million
$
239

10

 
$
325

13

$10 million to $20 million
1,221

86

 
1,114

80

$5 million to $10 million
1,120

160

 
1,181

167

$1 million to $5 million
1,694

760

 
1,626

729

Less than $1 million (2)
1,517

33,670

 
1,529

32,865

Total commercial business loans
$
5,791

34,686

 
$
5,775

33,854

 
(1)  
Multiple loans to one borrower have not been aggregated for purposes of this table.
(2)  
Caption includes net deferred fees and costs and other adjustments.

28

Table of Contents

At both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , non-owner occupied commercial real estate represented 66% of the total commercial real estate balance. Loans for construction, acquisition and development increased $108 million from December 31, 2014 due to the funding of previously committed construction loans. The table below provides the principal balance of our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans by location and property type at the dates indicated:  
(in millions)
New York
Western
Pennsylvania
Eastern
Pennsylvania
Connecticut
and Western
Massachusetts
Other (1)
Total
March 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction, acquisition and development
$
389

$
120

$
155

$
225

$
86

$
975

Multifamily and apartments
1,087

96

154

212

47

1,597

Office and professional space
549

60

110

287

65

1,072

Retail
334

46

113

217

64

774

Warehouse and industrial
157

25

60

84

9

335

Other
370

46

88

152

26

682

Total non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans
2,887

393

681

1,177

297

5,435

Owner occupied commercial real estate loans
1,234

442

547

449

179

2,852

Total commercial real estate loans
$
4,121

$
835

$
1,228

$
1,626

$
477

$
8,287

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction, acquisition and development
$
322

$
108

$
117

$
182

$
137

$
867

Multifamily and apartments
1,103

98

167

245

98

1,712

Office and professional space
501

87

103

277

101

1,069

Retail
314

45

113

203

113

787

Warehouse and industrial
158

23

42

105

13

342

Other
314

47

83

158

65

666

Total non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans
2,712

409

625

1,170

528

5,444

Owner occupied commercial real estate loans
1,191

392

460

417

301

2,760

Total commercial real estate loans
$
3,903

$
800

$
1,085

$
1,587

$
828

$
8,204

 
(1)  
Primarily consists of loans located in states bordering our footprint.

29

Table of Contents

The table below provides detail on commercial business loans and owner occupied commercial real estate loans by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System) at the dates indicated:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Manufacturing
$
1,412

$
1,434

Health Care and Social Assistance
1,279

1,242

Real Estate and Rental and Leasing
1,090

1,019

Wholesale Trade
619

587

Retail Trade
541

500

Public Administration
446

456

Construction
418

413

Educational Services
377

384

Other Services (except Public Administration)
341

373

Finance and Insurance
310

337

Professional, Scientific, and Technical Services
278

304

Transportation and Warehousing
259

252

Administrative and Support and Waste Management and Remediation Services
194

201

Other
1,079

1,032

Total
$
8,643

$
8,536

Energy Related Exposure
Included within our commercial portfolio are certain loans categorized as energy related, including both oil and gas related exposures as well as exposures to utilities and alternative energy. The table below provides the outstanding loan balance and unfunded commitments for energy related exposures at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014 (1)
 
Outstanding
Unused commitments
Total credit exposure
 
Outstanding
Unused commitments
Total credit exposure
 
(in millions)
Oil and gas related
$
313

$
167

$
480

 
$
305

$
191

$
496

Utilities and alternative energy
98

121

219

 
114

109

223

Total
$
411

$
288

$
699

 
$
418

$
301

$
719

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Prior period amounts have been revised to reflect additional oil and gas credits that were in our portfolio at December 31, 2014.
Risk Management of the Energy Related Portfolio
We do not have a dedicated energy lending business. Our exposures are managed in our regional commercial banking business units. Our energy exposures consists of only senior loans, no junior or second lien positions; additionally, we generally avoid making first lien loans to borrowers that employ significant leverage through the use of junior lien loans or large unsecured senior tranches of debt. During our first quarter of 2015 energy portfolio review, the credit quality in the energy related portfolio, based on most recent borrower financial statements and discussions with customers concerning the impact of market conditions on their individual businesses, remained essentially stable from the fourth quarter of 2014, with a few prospective risk rating downgrades noted. The fact that the decline in energy prices has mostly taken place over two quarters makes it difficult to see measurable changes to the financial condition of many energy related borrowers, which is a primary driver of individual loan risk grades; such risk grades, in turn, are a primary driver of the quantitative portion of the allowance for credit losses. Nevertheless, we recognize that some of our energy related credits likely have incurred losses, assuming current levels of oil and gas prices persist. Therefore, we made changes to

30

Table of Contents

certain qualitative adjustments that had the effect of increasing the allowance for credit losses by approximately $5 million as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 . As of March 31, 2015 , only one energy loan was in nonaccrual status in the amount of $10 million.
We believe that our exposure to the utilities and alternative energy sectors, while appropriate to include in the energy exposure, are likely to be unaffected in the near-term by the recent decline in oil and natural gas prices. This portfolio includes exposure to alternative power generation, transmission, control, and distribution such as hydro-electric and solar sources, and is generally not dependent on oil. However, a prolonged period of extremely low oil prices could ultimately undercut such cost-efficient alternative energy sources and result in lower demand.
With respect to our oil and gas related exposures, our oil and gas related outstandings of $313 million included both direct and indirect exposure to energy related obligors at March 31, 2015 of $164 million and $149 million , respectively. These combined outstandings represented a modest 1.4% of total loan outstanding balances at March 31, 2015 . At December 31, 2014 , our oil and gas related outstandings of $305 million included both direct and indirect exposure to energy related obligors of $161 million and $144 million , respectively. These combined outstandings represented a modest 1.3% of total loan outstanding balances at December 31, 2014 . The energy-related exposure can be primarily classified into three subcategories: 1) upstream, 2) midstream, and 3) downstream.

31

Table of Contents

The table below provides the outstanding loan balance and unfunded commitments for oil and gas related exposures at the dates indicated. Due to the fact that many borrowers operate in multiple businesses, judgment has been applied in characterizing a borrower as energy-related, and to a particular segment of energy related activity (e.g. upstream or downstream).
 
Outstanding
 
Unused commitments
(in millions)
Direct
Indirect
Total
 
Direct
Indirect
Total
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upstream:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Drillers
$
24

$

$
24

 
$
1

$

$
1

Midstream:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Drilling field services
93


93

 
43


43

Other
48


48

 
19


19

Total midstream
140


140

 
62


62

Downstream:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gas stations and convenience stores

65

65

 

20

20

Non-drilling support

29

29

 

21

21

Wholesale distribution

28

28

 

37

37

Other

27

27

 

26

26

Total downstream

149

149

 

104

104

Total
$
164

$
149

$
313

 
$
63

$
104

$
167

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014 (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upstream:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Drillers
$
25

$

$
25

 
$
1

$

$
1

Midstream:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Drilling field services
89


89

 
49


49

Other
48


48

 
19


19

Total midstream
137


137

 
68


68

Downstream:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gas stations and convenience stores

67

67

 

17

17

Non-drilling support

24

24

 

26

26

Wholesale distribution

30

30

 

51

51

Other

22

22

 

29

29

Total downstream

144

144

 

122

122

Total
$
161

$
144

$
305

 
$
69

$
122

$
191

(1)  
Prior period amounts have been revised to reflect additional oil and gas credits that were in our portfolio at December 31, 2014.
The table above does not include $68 million and $67 million , respectively, in outstanding loan balances and $26 million and $27 million , respectively, of unused commitments related to commercial real estate loans in which the direct counterparty to the loan is not involved in upstream or midstream activities, but such properties have a large tenant exposure to companies directly involved in such activities at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Upstream exposure
Our exposures to the upstream sector include exposures related to the extraction and production of oil and natural gas, such as drilling and the operations of wells. Direct exposures to the upstream category are low with

32

Table of Contents

$24 million and $25 million in outstanding loan balances made directly to counterparties involved in the drilling and operations of wells at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Midstream exposure
Our exposures to the midstream sector include exposures to companies involved in the transportation and processing of oil and natural gas, which includes companies that provide services or supplies to drilling field operations. Direct exposure of $140 million and $137 million in outstanding loan balances at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, relate to loans made directly to counterparties whose operations are involved in the processing of crude oil and natural gas, including companies who provide supplies to drilling field operations. The majority of this exposure is in our Western Pennsylvania region supporting the Marcellus Shale natural gas market.
Downstream exposure
Our exposures to the downstream sector include exposures to companies involved in the refining process and distribution of refined products, such as gas stations and convenience stores, which we consider to be indirect based upon the nature of their involvement in the oil and gas industry. Indirect exposure of $149 million and $144 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, in outstanding loan balances relate to loans made to counterparties whose operations are primarily involved in the wholesale and retail distribution of refined products, including companies that provide support and/supplies to such entities.
Home Equity Portfolio
Our home equity portfolio (loans and lines of credit) consists of both first-lien and junior-lien mortgage loans with underwriting criteria based on minimum credit scores, debt to income ratios, and LTV ratios. We offer closed-end home equity loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate home equity lines of credit. Within the home equity line of credit portfolio, the standard product has a 10 year draw period with a 20 year fully amortizing term upon utilization of the line. Interest-only draw periods are limited to 5 years, and are available at the request of the mortgagor. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system.
Of the $2.9 billion home equity portfolio at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , approximately $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion were in a first lien position for each period, respectively. We hold or service the first lien loan for approximately 10% of the remainder of the home equity portfolio that was in a second lien position as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .
The table below summarizes the principal balances of our home equity lines of credit by portfolio at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Interest only
Principal and interest
Total
 
Interest only
Principal and interest
Total
Originated
$
355

$
1,416

$
1,771

 
$
344

$
1,381

$
1,725

Acquired
276

683

960

 
142

840

983

Total home equity lines of credit
$
631

$
2,099

2,731

 
$
486

$
2,222

2,708

Home equity loans
 
 
213

 
 
 
228

Total home equity portfolio
 
 
$
2,944

 
 
 
$
2,936

The principal and interest payment associated with the term structure will be higher than the interest-only payment, resulting in “maturity” risk. We have taken steps to mitigate such risk by (1) stressing each applicant based on principal and interest during underwriting and (2) placing draw restrictions on HELOCs in past due status. We monitor the risk of junior lien HELOCs by monitoring the payment status on senior lien mortgages not owned or serviced by us, and obtaining refreshed credit scores on a regular basis.

33

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes our home equity line of credit portfolio still in the draw period by draw period end date at March 31, 2015 :
(in millions)
2016
2017 - 2018
Thereafter
Total
In draw - interest only
$
123

$
319

$
189

$
631

In draw - principal and interest
83

206

1,701

1,990

Total
$
206

$
525

$
1,890

$
2,621

Delinquency statistics for the HELOC portfolio are as follows at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Delinquencies
 
 
Delinquencies
(dollars in millions)
Balance
Amount
Percent of balance
 
Balance
Amount
Percent of balance
HELOC status:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Still in draw period
$
2,621

$
37

1.4
%
 
$
2,554

$
36

1.4
%
Amortizing payment
110

9

8.0

 
154

8

5.3

Credit Risk
Allowance for Loan Losses and Nonperforming Assets
Credit risk is the risk associated with the potential inability of some of our borrowers to repay their loans according to their contractual terms. This inability to repay could result in higher levels of nonperforming assets and credit losses, which could potentially reduce our earnings.
A detailed description of our methodology for calculating our allowance for loan losses is included under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Item 7 of our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The primary indicators of credit quality are delinquency status and our internal loan gradings for our commercial loan portfolio segment, and delinquency status and current FICO scores for our consumer loan portfolio segment. We place non-credit card originated loans on nonaccrual status when they become more than 90 days past due, or earlier if we do not expect the full collection of interest or principal. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any interest previously accrued and not collected is reversed from interest income. Credit cards are not placed on nonaccrual status until 180 days past due, at which time they are charged-off.
Our evaluation of our allowance for loan losses is based on a continuous review of our loan portfolio. The methodology that we use for determining the quantitative and qualitative amount of the allowance for loan losses consists of several elements. We use an internal loan grading system with nine categories of loan grades used in evaluating our business and commercial real estate loans. In our loan grading system, pass loans are graded 1 through 5, special mention loans are graded 6, substandard loans are graded 7, doubtful loans are graded 8 and loss loans (which are fully charged off) are graded 9. Our definition of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss are consistent with regulatory definitions.
In the normal course of our loan monitoring process, we review all pass graded individual commercial and commercial real estate loans and/or total loan concentration to one borrower no less frequently than annually for those greater than $3 million, every 18 months for those greater than $1 million but less than $3 million and every 36 months for those greater than $500 thousand but less than $1 million.
As part of our commercial credit monitoring process, our loan officers perform formal reviews based upon the credit attributes of the respective loans. Pass graded loans are continually monitored through our review of current information related to each loan. The nature of the current information available and used by us includes,

34

Table of Contents

as applicable, review of payment status and delinquency reporting, receipt and analysis of interim and annual financial statements, rent roll data, delinquent property tax searches, periodic loan officer inspections of properties, and loan officer knowledge of their borrowers, as well as the business environment in their respective market areas. We perform a formal review on a more frequent basis if the above considerations indicate that such review is warranted. Further, based upon consideration of the above information, if appropriate, loan grading can be reevaluated prior to the scheduled full review.
Quarterly Criticized Asset Reports ("QCARs") are prepared every quarter for all commercial special mention Total Aggregate Exposures ("TAEs") greater than $300 thousand and substandard or doubtful TAEs greater than $200 thousand. The purpose of the QCAR is to document as applicable, current payment status, payment history, charge-off amounts, collateral valuation information (including appraisal dates), and commentary on collateral valuations, guarantor information, interim financial data, cash flow, historical data and projections, rent roll data, and account history.
QCARs for substandard TAEs are reviewed on a quarterly basis by either management's Criticized and Classified Loan Review Committee (for such TAEs greater than $2 million) or by a Senior Credit Manager (for such TAEs between $200 thousand and $2 million). QCARs for all special mention TAEs greater than $300 thousand are reviewed on a quarterly basis by either management's Classified Loan Review Committee (for such TAEs greater than $2 million) or by a Senior Credit Manager (for such TAEs between $300 thousand and $2 million). Special mention and substandard TAEs below $300 thousand and $200 thousand, respectively, are reviewed by a loan officer on a quarterly basis ensuring that the credit risk rating and accrual status are appropriate.
Updated valuations are obtained periodically in accordance with Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines and internal policy. Appraisals or evaluations for commercial assets securing substandard rated loans are completed within 90 days of the downgrade. On an ongoing basis, real estate collateral supporting substandard loans with an outstanding balance greater than $500 thousand is required to have an appraisal or evaluation performed at least every 18 months for general commercial properties and at least every 12 months for land and acquisition and development loans. Real estate collateral supporting substandard loans with an outstanding balance equal to or less than $500 thousand is required to have an appraisal or evaluation performed at least every 24 months for general commercial properties and at least every 18 months for land and acquisition and development loans. However, an appraisal or evaluation may be obtained more frequently than 18 to 24 months when volatile or unusual market conditions exist that could affect the ultimate realization of the value of the real estate collateral. Non-real estate collateral is reappraised on an as-needed basis, as determined by the loan officer, our Criticized and Classified Loan Review Committee, or by credit risk management based upon the facts and circumstances of the individual relationship.
Among other factors, our quarterly reviews consist of an assessment of the fair value of collateral for all loans reviewed, including collateral dependent impaired loans. During this review process, an internal estimate of collateral value, as of each quarterly review date, is determined utilizing current information such as comparables from more current appraisals in our possession for similar collateral in our portfolio, recent sale information, current rent rolls, operating statements and cash flow information for the specific collateral. Further, we have an Appraisal Institute designated MAI appraiser on staff available for consultation during our quarterly estimation of collateral fair value. This current information is compared to the assumptions made in the most recent appraisal as well as in previous quarters. Quarterly adjustments to the estimated fair value of the collateral are made as determined necessary in the judgment of our experienced senior credit officers to reflect current market conditions and current operating results for the specific collateral.
Adjustments are made each quarter to the related allowance for loan losses for collateral dependent impaired loans to reflect the change, if any, in the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell as compared to the previous quarter. The determination of the appropriateness of obtaining new appraisals is also specifically addressed in each quarterly review. New appraisals will be obtained prior to the above noted required time frames if it is determined appropriate during these quarterly reviews. Further, our in-house MAI appraiser is available for consultation regarding the need for new valuations.

35

Table of Contents

In addition to the credit monitoring procedures described above, our credit risk review department, which is independent of the lending function and is part of our risk management function, verifies the accuracy of loan grading, classification, and, compliance with lending policies.
The following table details our allocation of our allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated or for the related quarters:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 (dollars in millions)
Amount of
allowance
for loan
losses
Percent of
loans to
total
loans
 
Amount of
allowance
for loan
losses
Percent of
loans to
total
loans
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate and construction
$
71

35.8
%
 
$
66

35.6
%
Business
118

25.1

 
122

25.1

Total commercial
189

60.9

 
189

60.7

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
4

14.4

 
4

14.6

Home equity
9

12.7

 
11

12.7

Indirect auto
14

9.5

 
14

9.4

Credit cards
11

1.3

 
12

1.4

Other consumer
4

1.2

 
5

1.2

Total consumer
42

39.1

 
45

39.3

Total
$
231

100.0
%
 
$
234

100.0
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.00
%
 
 
1.02
%
 
Provision to average total loans
0.25
%
 
 
0.42
%
 
Allowance for loan losses to originated loans
1.15
%
 
 
1.18
%
 
Provision to average originated loans
0.23
%
 
 
0.47
%
 
The following table presents the activity in our allowance for originated loan losses by portfolio segment for the periods indicated:
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Originated loans (in millions)
Real estate
Business
 
Residential
Home 
equity
Indirect auto
Credit cards
Other
consumer
Total
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
65

$
122

 
$
2

$
8

$
14

$
12

$
5

$
228

Provision for loan losses
8


 

(2
)
2

2

1

11

Charge-offs
(4
)
(7
)
 

(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(2
)
(19
)
Recoveries

2

 


1

1


4

Balance at end of period
$
69

$
117

 
$
2

$
6

$
14

$
11

$
4

$
224

Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
47

$
120

 
$
2

$
7

$
10

$
13

$
6

$
205

Provision for loan losses
12


 

1

3

2

2

20

Charge-offs
(1
)
(10
)
 

(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(2
)
(20
)
Recoveries
3

1

 





4

Balance at end of period
$
61

$
112

 
$
2

$
8

$
11

$
12

$
6

$
210


36

Table of Contents

The following table presents the activity in our allowance for loan losses for our acquired loan portfolio for the periods indicated:
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Acquired loans (in millions)
Real estate
Business
 
Residential
Home equity
Credit cards
Other
consumer
Total
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
1

$
1

 
$
2

$
2

$

$

$
6

Provision for loan losses
2


 

1



3

Charge-offs
(2
)

 

(1
)


(3
)
Balance at end of period
$
2

$
1

 
$
2

$
3

$

$

$
7

Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$

$

 
$
1

$
3

$

$

$
4

Provision for loan losses
1


 

2



3

Charge-offs
(1
)

 

(2
)


(3
)
Balance at end of period
$

$

 
$
1

$
3

$

$

$
4

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , we had a liability for unfunded commitments of $15 million and $16 million , respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014 , we released a provision for credit loss related to our unfunded loan commitments of $1.4 million and recognized a provision for credit loss of $0.4 million , respectively. Our total unfunded commitments amounted to $11.2 billion at March 31, 2015 .
Our net charge-offs of $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 were $1 million lower than our net charge-offs of $19 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and moderated from elevated fourth quarter of 2014 levels. The period over period decrease was driven primarily by a $5 million decrease in charge-offs related to our commercial business portfolio, primarily due to one large charge-off that was recognized in the prior period, as well as a $3 million decrease in charge offs related to consumer loans. This was offset by charge-offs related to the commercial real estate portfolio, which had a recovery of $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 . Total net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2015 represented 0.30% of average total loans compared with 0.40% of average total loans in the fourth quarter of 2014 . Excluding our acquired loans, our net charge-off ratio for originated loans was 0.31% for the first quarter of 2015 compared to 0.44% for the fourth quarter of 2014 .

37

Table of Contents

The following table details our total net charge-offs by loan category for the periods indicated:
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
(dollars in millions)
Net
charge-offs
Percent of
average loans
 
Net
charge-offs
Percent of
average loans
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
6

0.29
%
 
$
(1
)
(0.05
)%
Business
4

0.29

 
9

0.68

Total commercial
10

0.28

 
8

0.25

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate

0.03

 

0.02

Home equity
2

0.21

 
3

0.44

Indirect auto
1

0.22

 
2

0.52

Credit cards
2

3.16

 
3

3.88

Other consumer
2

2.63

 
2

2.74

Total consumer
7

0.33

 
10

0.50

Total
$
17

0.30
%
 
$
19

0.34
 %
Our nonperforming loans increased to $228 million from $204 million at December 31, 2014 and $173 million at March 31, 2014 . New nonperforming loans during the first quarter of 2015 were $47 million, compared to $35 million in the prior quarter. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, $7 million of nonperforming loans returned to accruing status, and there were $7 million in paydowns and transfers to real estate owned. Nonperforming loans comprised 0.99% of total loans at March 31, 2015 compared to 0.88% at December 31, 2014 . Excluding our acquired loans, our nonperforming loans were 1.01% of originated loans at March 31, 2015 compared to 0.90% of originated loans at December 31, 2014 . The increase was primarily driven by the addition of three commercial credits to nonperforming status and lower resolutions. These three commercial credits are not concentrated geographically or by industry, and are not related to the energy sector. Two of these loans were originated in 2011 and one was originated in 2013. The loss content related to the increased nonperforming loans is expected to be low because they are well secured.
While nonperforming loans increased modestly from the prior quarter, our total criticized loans decreased 5% during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from December 31, 2014 . Additionally, compared to a year ago, both criticized and classified loans as a percentage of originated loans decreased significantly.


38

Table of Contents

Nonperforming assets to total assets were 0.63% , up five basis points from the prior quarter, reflecting the increase in nonperforming loans. The composition of our nonperforming loans and total nonperforming assets consisted of the following at the dates indicated:
 
March 31,
December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2015 (1)
2014 (1)
Nonperforming loans:
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
Real estate
$
66

$
53

Business
61

53

Total commercial
127

106

Consumer:
 
 
Residential real estate
33

34

Home equity
49

47

Indirect auto
13

13

Other consumer
5

5

Total consumer
101

98

Total nonperforming loans
228

204

Real estate owned
19

21

Total nonperforming assets (2)
$
247

$
224

Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest (3)
$
87

$
94

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
0.63
%
0.58
%
Total nonaccruing loans as a percentage of total loans
0.99
%
0.88
%
Total nonaccruing originated loans as a percentage of total originated loans
1.01
%
0.90
%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccruing loans
101.5
%
115.0
%
 
(1)  
Includes $30 million of nonperforming acquired lines of credit, primarily in home equity, at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .
(2)  
Nonperforming assets do not include $64 million and $67 million of performing renegotiated loans that are accruing interest at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Additionally, nonperforming assets do not include $5 million related to a nonperforming loan classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2015, which was sold and for which we received the proceeds on April 2, 2015.
(3)  
Includes credit card loans, loans that have matured and are in the process of collection, and acquired loans that were originally recorded at fair value upon acquisition.
Indicators of credit quality are delinquency status and our internal loan gradings for our commercial loan portfolio segment and delinquency status and current FICO scores for our consumer loan portfolio segment. Early stage delinquencies (loans that are 30 to 89 days past due) of $64 million at March 31, 2015 in our originated loan portfolio increased from $60 million at December 31, 2014 . Our acquired loans that were 30 to 89 days past due increased $1 million from $ 30 million as of December 31, 2014 to $31 million as of March 31, 2015 .

39

Table of Contents

The following table contains a percentage breakout of the delinquency composition of our loan portfolio segments at the dates indicated:
 
Percent of loans 30-59
days past due
 
Percent of loans 60-89
days past due
 
Percent of loans 90 or
more days past due
 
Percent of loans past
due
 
March 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
 
March 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
 
March 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
 
March 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Originated loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
0.1
%
0.1
%
 
0.1
%
%
 
0.5
%
0.4
%
 
0.6
%
0.6
%
Business
0.4

0.1

 

0.1

 
0.3

0.3

 
0.7

0.5

Total commercial
0.2

0.1

 
0.1

0.1

 
0.4

0.4

 
0.6

0.5

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
0.2

0.2

 

0.1

 
0.9

1.0

 
1.2

1.3

Home equity
0.1

0.2

 
0.1

0.1

 
0.8

0.8

 
1.0

1.0

Indirect auto
0.6

0.8

 
0.1

0.2

 
0.2

0.2

 
1.0

1.3

Credit cards
0.5

0.6

 
0.3

0.5

 
0.8

0.7

 
1.6

1.8

Other consumer
0.8

1.2

 
0.4

0.4

 
1.1

1.0

 
2.2

2.5

Total consumer
0.4

0.4

 
0.1

0.1

 
0.7

0.7

 
1.1

1.3

Total
0.3
%
0.2
%
 
0.1
%
0.1
%
 
0.5
%
0.5
%
 
0.8
%
0.8
%
Acquired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
0.4
%
0.3
%
 
0.2
%
0.2
%
 
2.4
%
2.5
%
 
2.9
%
3.0
%
Business
0.3

0.1

 
0.2


 
1.9

1.9

 
2.3

2.1

Total commercial
0.3

0.2

 
0.2

0.2

 
2.3

2.3

 
2.8

2.8

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
0.9

0.9

 
0.4

0.4

 
4.3

4.4

 
5.7

5.7

Home equity
0.5

0.6

 
0.3

0.2

 
1.9

1.9

 
2.7

2.7

Total consumer
0.7

0.7

 
0.3

0.3

 
3.2

3.3

 
4.3

4.3

Total
0.6
%
0.6
%
 
0.3
%
0.3
%
 
2.8
%
2.9
%
 
3.7
%
3.7
%

40

Table of Contents

Our internal loan gradings provide information about the financial health of our commercial borrowers and our risk of potential loss. The following table presents a breakout of our commercial loans by loan grade at the dates indicated:
 
Percent of total
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Originated loans:
 
 
Pass
94.7
%
94.2
%
Criticized: (1)
 
 
Accrual
4.4

5.0

Nonaccrual
0.9

0.8

Total criticized
5.3

5.8

Total
100.0
%
100.0
%
Acquired loans:
 
 
Pass
88.8
%
89.1
%
Criticized: (1)
 
 
Accrual
10.7

10.4

Nonaccrual
0.5

0.5

Total criticized
11.2

10.9

Total
100.0
%
100.0
%
 
(1)  
Includes special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss, which are consistent with regulatory definitions, and as described in Item 1, “Business”, under the heading “Asset Quality Review” in our Annual Report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .

41

Table of Contents

Borrower FICO scores provide information about the credit quality of our consumer loan portfolio as they provide an indication as to the likelihood that debtors will repay their debts. We obtain the scores from a nationally recognized consumer rating agency on a quarterly basis and trends are evaluated for consideration as a qualitative adjustment to the allowance. The composition of our consumer portfolio segment is presented in the table below at the dates indicated: 
 
Percent of total
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Originated loans by refreshed FICO score:
 
 
Over 700
78.9
%
78.9
%
660-700
11.1

11.2

620-660
5.0

5.0

580-620
2.3

2.2

Less than 580
2.5

2.2

No score (1)
0.2

0.5

Total
100.0
%
100.0
%
Acquired loans by refreshed FICO score:
 
 
Over 700
72.5
%
73.4
%
660-700
8.4

7.7

620-660
4.8

4.8

580-620
4.0

3.8

Less than 580
4.2

3.9

No score (1)
6.1

6.4

Total
100.0
%
100.0
%
 
(1)  
Primarily includes loans that are serviced by others for which refreshed FICO scores were not available as of the indicated date.
We maintain an allowance for loan losses for our originated portfolio segment, which is concentrated in the New York region and includes to a lesser degree, loan balances from organic growth in our acquired markets of Eastern Pennsylvania, Western Pennsylvania, Connecticut and Western Massachusetts. Despite the challenging market conditions, our asset quality continues to perform well when compared to peer averages.
As part of our determination of the fair value of our acquired loans at time of acquisition, we established a credit mark to provide for future losses in our acquired loan portfolio. Our credit mark, which represents the remaining principal balance on acquired loans that we do not expect to collect, was $92 million and $93 million as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. In addition, we maintain an allowance for loan losses on our acquired loans, if necessary, for losses in excess of any remaining credit discount.

42

Table of Contents

The following table provides information about our acquired loan portfolio by acquisition at the dates indicated or for the related quarters:
(dollars in millions)
HSBC
NewAlliance
Harleysville
National City
Total
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
$

$

$
1

$
2

$
3

Net charge-offs



2

2

Net charge-offs to average loans
%
%
0.25
%
3.65
%
0.25
%
Nonperforming loans
$
9

$
11

$
9

$
2

$
30

Total loans  (1)
778

1,961

745

197

3,681

Allowance for acquired loan losses
1


5

1

7

Credit related discount (2)
18

55

17

2

92

Credit related discount as percentage of loans
2.31
%
2.79
%
2.34
%
0.82
%
2.49
%
Criticized loans (3)
$
31

$
127

$
54

$
19

$
230

Classified loans (4)
25

65

46

12

148

Greater than 90 days past due and accruing (5)
11

41

25

7

84

December 31, 2014

 
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
$

$

$
2

$
1

$
3

Net charge-offs


2


2

Net charge-offs to average loans
%
%
0.79
%
0.09
%
0.17
%
Nonperforming loans
$
8

$
11

$
10

$
2

$
30

Total loans (1)
800

2,043

782

210

3,835

Allowance for acquired loan losses
1


4

1

6

Credit related discount (2)
18

55

18

2

93

Credit related discount as percentage of loans
2.29
%
2.71
%
2.27
%
0.84
%
2.43
%
Criticized loans (3)
$
30

$
129

$
55

$
22

$
237

Classified loans (4)
24

69

50

15

158

Greater than 90 days past due and accruing (5)
10

46

27

8

91

(1)  
Carrying value of acquired loans plus the principal not expected to be collected.
(2)  
Principal on acquired loans not expected to be collected.
(3)  
Includes special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss, which are consistent with regulatory definitions, and as described in Item 1, “Business”, under the heading “Asset Quality Review” in our Annual Report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
(4)  
Includes consumer loans, which are considered classified when they are 90 days or more past due. Classified loans include substandard, doubtful, and loss, which are consistent with regulatory definitions, and as described in Item 1, “Business”, under the heading “Asset Quality Review” in our Annual Report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
(5)  
Includes credit card loans, loans that have matured and are in the process of collection, and acquired loans that were originally recorded at fair value upon acquisition. Acquired loans are considered to be accruing as we can reasonably estimate future cash flows on these acquired loans and we expect to fully collect the carrying value of these loans net of the allowance for acquired loan losses. Therefore, we are accreting the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows into interest income.

43

Table of Contents

The following table provides information about our originated loan portfolio at the dates indicated or for the related quarters:
(dollars in millions)
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Provision for loan losses
$
11

$
31

Net charge-offs
15

21

Net charge-offs to average loans
0.31
%
0.44
%
Nonperforming loans (3)
$
198

$
174

Nonperforming loans to total loans
1.01
%
0.90
%
Total loans
$
19,529

$
19,296

Allowance for originated loan losses
224

228

Allowance for originated loan losses to total originated loans
1.15
%
1.18
%
Criticized loans
$
760

$
804

Classified loans (1)
468

451

Greater than 90 days past due and accruing  (2)
3

2

 
(1)  
Includes consumer loans, which are considered classified when they are 90 days or more past due. Classified loans include substandard, doubtful, and loss, which are consistent with regulatory definitions, and as described in Item 1, “Business”, under the heading “Asset Quality Review” in our Annual Report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
(2)  
Includes credit card loans and loans that have matured and are in the process of collection.
(3)  
Nonperforming loans do not include $5 million related to a nonperforming loan classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2015, which was sold and for which we received the proceeds on April 2, 2015.

Our total allowance for loan losses related to both our originated and acquired loans decreased $3 million from $234 million December 31, 2014 to $231 million at March 31, 2015 as our total net charge-offs of $17 million exceeded our total provision for loan losses of $14 million . The ratio of our total allowance for loan losses to total loans of 1.00% at March 31, 2015 compared to 1.02% as of December 31, 2014 . Excluding acquired loans, the ratio of our allowance for originated loan losses to total originated loans was 1.15% at March 31, 2015 and a decline of three basis points from 1.18% at December 31, 2014 . This decline is primarily related to the first quarter charge-off of the commercial credit that the company exited in March, but recorded the provision in the fourth quarter of 2014.
As part of our credit risk management, we enter into modification agreements with troubled borrowers in order to mitigate our credit losses. Our aggregate recorded investment in impaired loans modified through troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) decreased to $119 million at March 31, 2015 from $120 million at December 31, 2014 and $102 million at March 31, 2014. The modifications made to these restructured loans typically consist of an extension of the payment terms, providing for a period with interest-only payments with deferred principal payments, rate reduction, or loans restructured in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy. We generally do not forgive principal when restructuring loans. These modifications were considered to be concessions provided to the respective borrower due to the borrower’s financial distress. Our aggregate recorded investment in TDRs does not include modifications to acquired loans that are accounted for as part of a pool under ASC 310-30. We accrue interest on a TDR once the borrower has demonstrated the ability to perform for six consecutive payments. TDRs accruing interest totaled $64 million and $67 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Certain pass-graded commercial loans may have repayment dates extended at or near original maturity dates in the normal course of business. When such extensions are considered to be concessions and provided as a result of the financial distress of the borrower, these loans are classified as TDRs and considered to be impaired. However, if such extensions or other modifications at or near the original maturity date or at any time during the life of a loan are not made as a result of financial distress related to the borrower, such a loan would not be classified as a TDR or as an impaired loan. Repayment extensions typically provided in a TDR are for periods of greater than six months. When providing loan modifications because of the financial distress of the borrowers, we consider that, after the modification, the borrower would be in a better position to continue with the payment of principal and

44

Table of Contents

interest. While such loans may be collateralized, they are not typically considered to be collateral dependent for accounting measurement purposes.
Residential Mortgage Banking
We often originate and sell residential mortgage loans with servicing retained. Our loan sales activity is generally conducted through loan sales in a secondary market sponsored by FNMA and FHLMC. Subsequent to the sale of mortgage loans, we do not typically retain any interest in the underlying loans except through our relationship as the servicer of the loans.
As is customary in the mortgage banking industry, we, or banks we have acquired, have made certain representations and warranties related to the sale of residential mortgage loans (including loans sold with servicing released) and to the performance of our obligations as servicer. The breach of any such representations or warranties could result in losses for us. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to the outstanding principal balance of the sold loans; however, any loss would be reduced by any payments received on the loans or through the sale of collateral.
Our portfolio of mortgages serviced for others amounted to $3.9 billion and $3.8 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Our liability for estimated repurchase obligations on loans sold, which is included in other liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Condition, was $6 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .
The delinquencies as a percentage of loans serviced were as follows at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
30 to 59 days past due
0.20
%
0.20
%
60 to 89 days past due
0.07

0.11

Greater than 90 days past due
0.72

0.69

Total past due loans
0.99
%
1.00
%
Investment Securities Portfolio
The fair value of our total investment securities portfolio was comprised of the following at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Fair
value
% of total
portfolio
 
Fair
value
% of total
portfolio
Collateralized mortgage obligations
$
7,079

57.9
%
 
$
6,741

56.7
%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
1,397

11.4

 
1,500

12.6

Collateralized loan obligations
1,146

9.4

 
1,016

8.6

Corporate debt
833

6.8

 
823

6.9

Asset-backed securities
504

4.1

 
599

5.1

Other residential mortgage-backed securities
422

3.5

 
448

3.8

States and political subdivisions
435

3.6

 
453

3.8

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises
320

2.6

 
251

2.1

Other
22

0.2

 
22

0.2

U.S. Treasury
55

0.5

 
25

0.2

Total investment securities
$
12,214

100.0
%
 
$
11,879

100.0
%




45

Table of Contents

Our holdings in residential mortgage-backed securities were 61% of our total investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 . At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , all of our residential mortgage-backed securities in our available for sale portfolio were issued by Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). FNMA and FHLMC are government sponsored enterprises that are currently under the conservatorship of the U.S. government. Our GNMA mortgage-backed securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , 12% and 14% , respectively, of our investment securities were variable rate.
The net unamortized purchase premiums on our CMO portfolio amounted to $78 million , or 1.1% of the portfolio, at March 31, 2015 and $78 million , or 1.2% of the portfolio, at December 31, 2014 . The net unamortized purchase premiums on our other residential mortgage-backed securities decreased to $8 million , or 2.1% of the portfolio, at March 31, 2015 , from $9 million , or 2.1% of the portfolio, at December 31, 2014 .
Changes in our expectations regarding the magnitude and duration of a lower interest rate environment could have a material impact on our net interest income in both the period of change, attributable to any retroactive accounting adjustment that would be required to maintain a constant effective yield, and in subsequent periods attributable to changes to the prospective yields on our investment securities.
The following table presents the latest available underlying investment ratings of the fair value of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated:
 
 
 
Average credit rating of fair value amount
(in millions)
Amortized cost
Fair value
AA or better
A
BBB
BB or less
Not rated
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities backed by U.S. Treasury and U.S. government sponsored enterprises:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
$
6,989

$
7,079

$
7,079

$

$

$

$

Residential mortgage-backed securities
412

422

422





Debt securities
370

375

365

11




Total
7,771

7,876

7,866

11




Commercial mortgage-backed securities
1,351

1,397

821

418

159



Collateralized loan obligations
1,129

1,146

803

322

22



Asset-backed securities
494

504

407

97




Corporate debt
822

833


102

210

521

1

States and political subdivisions
426

435

250

162

2


21

Other
22

22





22

Total investment securities
$
12,015

$
12,214

$
10,146

$
1,111

$
392

$
521

$
44

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities backed by U.S. Treasury and U.S. government sponsored enterprises:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
$
6,734

$
6,741

$
6,741

$

$

$

$

Residential mortgage-backed securities
438

448

448





Debt securities
272

277

266

11




Total
7,445

7,466

7,455

11




Commercial mortgage-backed securities
1,450

1,500

928

406

166



Collateralized loan obligations
1,001

1,016

721

273

21



Asset-backed securities
591

599

497

101




Corporate debt
820

823


102

193

526

1

States and political subdivisions
444

453

260

170

2


22

Other
22

22





22

Total investment securities
$
11,772

$
11,879

$
9,862

$
1,064

$
382

$
526

$
45

The weighted average credit rating of our portfolio was AA at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .

46

Table of Contents

Our Credit Portfolio Oversight Committee (the "Committee") meets monthly to analyze and monitor our securities portfolio from a credit perspective. We utilize external credit ratings but have also developed our own internal ratings process based on quantitative and qualitative factors for each of the securities to evaluate credit risk within the portfolio. In addition to reviewing security ratings, which are one measure of risk, the Committee reviews various credit metrics for each of the portfolios including these metrics under stressed environments. For structured securities, the Committee generally reviews changes in the underlying collateral and changes in credit enhancement. In the discussion of our investment portfolio, we have included certain credit rating information because the information is one indication of the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed and significant changes in ratings classifications for our investment portfolio could result in increased risk for us.
Our Corporate Debt portfolio includes $596 million of High Yield bonds at March 31, 2015. The High Yield bond portfolio is well diversified with an average hold size of $7 million and rating of Ba2/BB. Approximately 16% of the High Yield bond portfolio's amortized cost consisted of companies rated Investment Grade. Currently $109 million , or less than 1% of our total investment securities portfolio, consists of companies exposed to the energy sector. This subset of the portfolio with exposure to energy is very granular with an average security exposure of $6 million and largest exposure of $10 million. The portfolio is very liquid with regular trading activity.  As of March 31, 2015, the energy portfolio had a net unrealized loss of $2.1 million compared to a $4.0 million unrealized loss at December 31, 2014. The value of the energy has rebounded since March 31, 2015 and had a net unrealized loss of $0.2 million at April 30, 2015.  The High Yield bond portfolio is actively monitored and reviewed, including at the monthly Credit Portfolio Oversight Committee and additional high yield portfolio review meetings with senior management.
Our CMBS portfolio had an amortized cost of $1.4 billion at March 31, 2015 . The net unamortized premiums on our CMBS portfolio amounted to $21 million , or 1.6% of the portfolio at March 31, 2015 and $28 million , or 2.0% of the portfolio at December 31, 2014 . Gross unrealized losses on our CMBS portfolio were less than $100 thousand at March 31, 2015 and amounted to $0.2 million at December 31, 2014 . Securities in our CMBS portfolio have significant credit enhancement that provides us protection from default, and 89% of this portfolio was rated A or higher at March 31, 2015 . Our entire CMBS portfolio has either credit enhancement greater than 25% or underlying loans which collateralize our securities with loan to values of less than 100%.

The following table provides information on the credit enhancements of securities in our CMBS portfolio at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Credit enhancement (1)
Amortized cost
% of total CMBS portfolio
 
Amortized cost
% of total CMBS portfolio
 
(dollars in millions)
30+%
$
979

72
%
 
$
1,075

74
%
25 - 30%
234

18

 
223

16

20 - 25%
118

9

 
118

8

18 - 20%
19

1

 
33

2

Total
$
1,351

100
%
 
$
1,450

100
%
(1)  
Credit enhancement is calculated by dividing the remaining unpaid principal balance of bonds subordinated to the bonds we own plus any overcollateralization remaining in the securitization structure by the remaining unpaid principal balance of all bonds in the securitization structure.
Our collateralized loan obligation ("CLO") portfolio had an amortized cost of $1.1 billion at March 31, 2015 . Gross unrealized losses on our CLO portfolio amounted to $1 million and $3 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Our CLO portfolio is predominantly variable rate and returns an approximate 3.1% yield at a credit quality level we believe superior to middle market lending. The collateral underlying our CLOs consists of over 95% senior secured loans, and over 90% of the obligors are domiciled in the United States. Over half of the portfolio is comprised of CLOs originated in 2011 or later, and no CLO investments were made by us until the fourth quarter of 2011. As shown in the table above, of the underlying investment ratings of our portfolio, 98% of

47

Table of Contents

our CLO portfolio was rated A or higher at March 31, 2015 and significant credit enhancements for our securities provide us protection from default.
The following table provides information on the credit enhancements for our securities in our CLO portfolio at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Credit Enhancement (1)
Amortized cost
% of total CLO portfolio
 
Amortized cost
% of total CLO portfolio
 
(dollars in millions)
40+%
$
67

6
%
 
$
73

7
%
35 - 40%
251

22

 
224

23

30 - 35%
45

4

 
83

8

25 - 30%
278

25

 
223

22

20 - 25%
187

16

 
133

13

15 - 20%
281

25

 
240

24

10 - 15%
21

2

 
25

3

0 - 10%


 


Total
$
1,129

100
%
 
$
1,001

100
%
(1)  
Credit enhancement is calculated by dividing the remaining unpaid principal balance of bonds subordinated to the bonds we own plus any overcollateralization remaining in the securitization structure by the remaining unpaid principal balance of all bonds in the securitization structure.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from our inability to meet our obligations as they come due. Liquidity risk arises from our failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly or to obtain adequate funding to continue to operate profitably.
Liquidity refers to our ability to obtain cash, or to convert assets into cash timely, efficiently, and economically. Our Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO") establishes procedures, guidelines and limits for managing and monitoring our liquidity to ensure we maintain adequate liquidity under both normal and stressed operating conditions at all times. We manage our liquidity to ensure that we have sufficient cash to:
Support our operating activities,
Meet increases in demand for loans and other assets,
Provide for repayments of deposits and borrowings, and
To fulfill contract obligations.
Factors or conditions that could affect our liquidity management objectives include profitability, changes in the mix of assets and liabilities on our balance sheet; our actual investment, loan, and deposit balances; our available collateralized wholesale borrowings; our reputation; and our credit rating. A significant change in our financial performance, our ability to maintain our deposit levels, the amount of our available collateralized wholesale borrowings, or credit rating could reduce the availability, or increase the cost, of our funding sources.
As part of our liquidity risk management framework, we have a contingency funding plan (“CFP”) that is designed to address temporary and long-term liquidity disruptions.  The CFP assesses liquidity needs under normal and various stress scenarios, encompassing both idiosyncratic and systemic conditions.  The plan provides for on-going monitoring of the liquidity environment by using numerous indicators and metrics that are regularly reviewed by ALCO.  Furthermore, the CFP provides for the ongoing monitoring of the unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to address unexpected liquidity needs under adverse conditions.

48

Table of Contents

Consolidated liquidity
Sources of liquidity         
We obtain our liquidity from multiple sources, including gathering deposit balances, cash generated by principal and interest repayments on our investment and loan portfolios, short and long-term borrowings, as well as short-term federal funds, internally generated capital, and other credit facilities. The primary source of our non-deposit borrowings are FHLB advances, of which we had $4.9 billion outstanding at March 31, 2015 .
While core deposits and loan and investment securities repayments are principal sources of liquidity, funding diversification is another key element of liquidity management. We are rated by Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”), and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”). Credit ratings relate to our ability to issue debt securities and the cost to borrow money, and should not be viewed as an indication of future stock performance or a recommendation to buy, sell, or hold securities. Among other factors, the credit ratings are based on financial strength, credit quality and concentrations in the loan portfolio, the level and volatility of earnings, capital adequacy, the quality of management, the liquidity of the balance sheet, the availability of a significant base of core deposits, and our ability to access a broad array of wholesale funding sources. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a negative change in credit ratings and impact not only the ability to raise funds in the capital markets but also the cost of these funds. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time and each rating should be evaluated independently.
We have included the Company's credit rating information in the table below because significant changes in ratings classifications for debt we issue could result in increased liquidity risk for us. The following table presents our credit ratings by agency as of March 31, 2015 :
 
Moody's
S&P
Fitch
Senior unsecured
Ba1
BBB-
BBB-
Subordinated debt
Ba2
BB+
BB+
In March 2014, Moody's downgraded the Company's long-term issuer rating to Ba1 (one notch below investment grade). Moody's affirmed the rating in November 2014, but moved their outlook from stable to negative. In December 2014, S&P downgraded the Company's long-term issuer rating by one notch to BBB- (which is at the investment grade minimum rating). In January 2015, Fitch affirmed their rating of BBB- (which is at the investment grade minimum rating), but moved their outlook from stable to negative. Following the downgrade, S&P’s outlook is stable while the negative outlook by Moody’s and Fitch will entail their monitoring of our credit rating over the next 12 to 18 months.
We have total collateralized wholesale borrowings of $4.9 billion at March 31, 2015 . In addition to this amount, we have additional collateralized wholesale borrowing capacity of $5.7 billion from various funding sources which include the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank, and commercial banks that we can use to fund lending activities, liquidity needs, and/or to adjust and manage our asset and liability position, of which $1.0 billion was available at the Federal Reserve's discount window.
Uses of liquidity
The primary uses of our liquidity are to support our operating activities, fund loans or obtain other assets, and provide for repayments of deposits and borrowings.
In addition to cash flow from operations, deposits and borrowings, our funding is provided from the principal and interest payments that we receive from our loans and investment securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, our deposit balances and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by the level of interest rates, the economic environment and local competitive conditions.
In the ordinary course of business, we extend commitments to originate commercial and consumer loans. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Our commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require our customer to pay us a fee. Since we do not expect all of our commitments to be

49

Table of Contents

funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. We may obtain collateral based upon our assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness. We may write a commitment to extend credit on a fixed rate basis exposing us to interest rate risk given the possibility that market rates may change between the commitment date and the actual extension of credit. We had outstanding commitments to originate residential real estate, commercial real estate and business, and consumer loans of approximately $11.2 billion and $11.0 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Included in these commitments are lines of credit to both consumer and commercial customers. The borrowers are able to draw on these lines as needed, making our funding requirements generally difficult to predict. Indicative of our strategic focus on commercial lending and relationship based home equity lending, our unused commercial lines of credit amounted to $3.9 billion and $3.8 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, and our unused home equity and other consumer lines of credit increased to $5.6 billion at March 31, 2015 from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2014 . Our commercial business lines of credit generally possess an expiration period of less than one year and our home equity and other consumer lines of credit have an expiration period of up to ten years.
In addition to the commitments discussed above, we issue standby letters of credit to third parties that guarantee payments on behalf of our commercial customers in the event the customer fails to perform under the terms of the contract between our customer and the third party. Our standby letters of credit, which generally have an expiration period of less than two years, amounted to $231 million and $266 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Since the majority of our unused lines of credit and outstanding standby letters of credit expire without being fully funded, our actual funding requirements may be substantially less than the amounts above. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current loan commitments and other obligations through our normal business operations. The credit risk involved in our issuance of these commitments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is limited to the contractual notional amount of those instruments.
Given the current interest rate environment and current customer preference for long-term fixed rate mortgages, coupled with our desire to not hold these assets in our portfolio, we generally sell newly originated fixed rate conventional, 20 to 30 year and most FHA and VA loans in the secondary market to government sponsored enterprises such as FNMA and FHLMC or to wholesale lenders. We generally retain the servicing rights on residential mortgage loans sold which results in monthly service fee income. We will, however, sell select loans with servicing released on a nonrecourse basis. Our commitments to sell residential mortgages were $190 million and $137 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Parent Company liquidity
The Company obtains its liquidity from multiple sources, including dividends from the Bank, principal repayments on investment securities, interest received from the Bank, a $100 million line of credit facility with a bank, and the issuance of debt and equity securities. Our line of credit facility with a bank has never been drawn and is not a significant component of our CFP. The primary uses of the Company's liquidity are dividends to common and preferred stockholders, capital contributions to the Bank, debt service, operating expenses, repurchases of our common stock, and acquisitions. The Company's most liquid assets are cash it holds at the Bank and interest-bearing demand accounts at correspondent banks, all of which totaled $383 million at March 31, 2015 . As of March 31, 2015 , the Company has in excess of eight quarters of cash liquidity to maintain the current dividends to common and preferred stockholders without reliance on dividends from the Bank.
The Company’s ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is substantially dependent upon the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company. Subject to the Bank meeting or exceeding regulatory capital requirements, the prior approval of the OCC is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year would exceed the sum of the Bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. In addition, Federal Reserve guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with Federal Reserve staff in advance of issuing a dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should not pay dividends in a rolling four quarter period in an

50

Table of Contents

amount that exceeds net income for that period.  Federal law also prohibits the Bank from paying dividends that would be greater than its undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of its allowance for loan losses.
While the size of our goodwill charge does not adversely impact our capital ratios, it does impact our regulatory dividend capacity formula. Simply stated, even though the non-cash goodwill charge does not impact cash flow for dividends, the size of the charge does require that we get regulatory approval from the OCC to make distributions or other returns of capital from the Bank to the Company and obtain a non-objection from the Federal Reserve to pay the Company dividend to our common and preferred stockholders in the future. We have received regulatory approval from the OCC to pay a second quarter 2015 capital distribution to the Company and non-objection from the Federal Reserve to pay common and preferred dividends in the second quarter of 2015, subject to customary approval from our Board of Directors.
Based on current estimates, we expect to need quarterly approval from the OCC until the first quarter of 2017 based on their calculation formula and to seek no objection from the Federal Reserve until the fourth quarter of 2015 based on their calculation formula. While we cannot be assured that the OCC will approve and the Federal Reserve will not object to our quarterly dividend requests going forward, based on conversations with the regulators and barring any unforeseen future developments that would materially impact our profitability, we believe that we can maintain our holding company common and preferred dividend payments at their current levels.
The Bank made a $45 million capital distribution to the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2015 . Additionally, the Bank paid dividends of $40 million to the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2014 .
Deposits
The following table illustrates the composition of our deposits at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Increase (decrease)
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Percent
 
Amount
Percent
Core deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
3,488

12.3
%
 
$
3,452

12.4
%
$
37

Interest-bearing checking
5,158

18.3

 
5,084

18.3

74

Money market deposits
10,368

36.7

 
9,962

35.8

406

Noninterest-bearing
5,500

19.5

 
5,407

19.5

93

Total core deposits
24,516

86.8

 
23,906

86.0

610

Certificates
3,734

13.2

 
3,876

14.0

(141
)
Total deposits
$
28,250

100.0
%
 
$
27,781

100.0
%
$
469


51

Table of Contents

The table below contains selected information on the composition of our deposits by geographic region at the dates indicated: 
(In millions)
New
York
(1)
Western
Pennsylvania
Eastern
Pennsylvania
Connecticut
and Western
Massachusetts
Total deposits
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
2,240

$
179

$
228

$
842

$
3,488

Interest-bearing checking
3,256

669

578

655

5,158

Money market deposits
6,770

1,234

910

1,455

10,368

Noninterest-bearing
3,340

767

636

757

5,500

Total core deposits
15,606

2,849

2,352

3,709

24,516

Certificates
2,327

444

293

669

3,734

Total deposits
$
17,933

$
3,293

$
2,646

$
4,378

$
28,250

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
2,223

$
170

$
218

$
842

$
3,452

Interest-bearing checking
3,083

674

672

656

5,084

Money market deposits
6,455

1,205

895

1,407

9,962

Noninterest-bearing
3,219

830

636

722

5,407

Total core deposits
14,980

2,878

2,421

3,627

23,906

Certificates
2,421

450

300

705

3,876

Total deposits
$
17,401

$
3,329

$
2,720

$
4,331

$
27,781

(1)  
Includes brokered money market deposits of $387 million and $412 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, and brokered certificates of deposit of $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Our total deposits increased $469 million , or 7% annualized, from December 31, 2014 to $28.2 billion at March 31, 2015 . Our strategic focus remains on efforts to grow our customer base, re-position our account mix and introduce new products and services that further enhance our value proposition to customers. Recent investments in online account opening, mobile banking, and remote deposit capture have further enhanced customers’ ability to transact in the delivery channel of their choice while at the same time lowering our cost to acquire and serve such customers. Current and anticipated investments as part of our Strategic Investment Plan in new digital features and functionalities will further enhance customers’ ability to do business with us across all delivery channels.
Transactional deposits, which include interest-bearing and noninterest bearing checking balances, increased $167 million , or 6% annualized, from December 31, 2014 . Transactional deposits currently represent 38% of our deposit base, up from 36% a year ago. Interest-bearing checking and money market balances increased from December 31, 2014 driven by promotional deposit campaigns and strength in municipal deposits. Noninterest-bearing checking balances increased $93 million from December 31, 2014 , driven by increased consumer deposit generation. Consumer interest-bearing checking and noninterest bearing checking account balances increased an annualized 6% from December 31, 2014 driven by higher balances held by customers as well as strong customer response to our Simple Checking product launched in August 2014.
As of March 31, 2015 , brokered certificates of deposit decreased $73 million to $1.1 billion from December 31, 2014 and increased $129 million from March 31, 2014 . The terms on these brokered certificates of deposit are between six months and 24 months with interest rates ranging between 0.30% and 0.90% .
The average cost of interest-bearing deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2015 of 0.28% increased three basis points from the three months ended December 31, 2014 and increased four basis points from the quarter ended March 31, 2014 , reflecting the impact of promotional pricing campaigns to gather money market

52

Table of Contents

deposit balances as well as purchase accounting mark to market adjustments on maturing acquired certificates of deposit.
Loan Maturity and Repricing Schedule
The following table sets forth certain information at March 31, 2015 regarding the amount of loans maturing or repricing in our portfolio. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , 52% and 51% , respectively, of loans were variable rate and expected to reprice within a year unencumbered by floors. Adjustable-rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than the period in which they contractually mature, and fixed-rate loans (including bi-weekly loans) are included in the period in which contractual payments are due. No adjustments have been made for prepayment of principal.
(in millions)
Within one
year
One through
five years
After five
years
Total
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
5,187

$
1,869

$
144

$
7,201

Construction
1,065

12

10

1,087

Business
4,669

942

180

5,791

Total commercial
10,921

2,823

334

14,078

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
970

1,570

790

3,330

Home equity
2,384

379

180

2,944

Indirect auto
837

1,340

24

2,201

Credit cards
301



301

Other consumer
155

74

35

264

Total consumer
4,647

3,364

1,029

9,040

Total loans and leases
$
15,568

$
6,187

$
1,363

$
23,118

For the loans reported in the preceding table, the following sets forth at March 31, 2015 , the dollar amount of all of our fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans due after March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Fixed
Adjustable
Total
Commercial:
 
 
 
Real estate
$
768

$
1,245

$
2,014

Construction
22


22

Business
1,045

77

1,122

Total commercial
1,835

1,322

3,157

Consumer:
 
 
 
Residential real estate
1,379

982

2,361

Home equity
552

8

560

Indirect auto
1,364


1,364

Other consumer
109


109

Total consumer
3,403

990

4,393

Total loans and leases
$
5,238

$
2,312

$
7,550


53

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth at March 31, 2015 , the dollar amount of all of our fixed-rate loans due after March 31, 2016 by the period in which the loans mature: 
Maturity
Commercial
Residential
real estate
Home equity
Indirect auto
Other consumer
Total
 
(in millions)
1 to 2 years
$
585

$
235

$
120

$
594

$
25

$
1,559

2 to 3 years
467

206

102

413

21

1,210

3 to 5 years
495

317

150

333

27

1,323

Total 1 to 5 years
1,548

757

372

1,340

74

4,091

5 to 10 years
255

391

156

24

22

847

More than 10 years
32

231

24


13

300

Total
$
1,835

$
1,379

$
552

$
1,364

$
109

$
5,238

The following table sets forth at March 31, 2015 , the dollar amount of all of our adjustable-rate loans due after March 31, 2016 by the period in which the loans reprice: 
Maturity
Commercial
Residential
real estate
Home equity
and other consumer
Total
 
(in millions)
1 to 2 years
$
429

$
337

$
8

$
774

2 to 3 years
369

227


596

3 to 5 years
477

249


726

Total 1 to 5 years
1,275

813

8

2,096

5 to 10 years
47

168


214

More than 10 years

1


1

Total
$
1,322

$
982

$
8

$
2,312

Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans, the purchase of investment securities, and the acquisition of banking and financial services companies.
Market Risk
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the potential variability of our earnings that arises from changes in market interest rates and the magnitude of the change at varying points along the yield curve. Changes in market interest rates, whether they are increases or decreases, can trigger repricings and changes in the pace of payments for both assets and liabilities (prepayment risk), which individually or in combination may affect our net income, net interest income and net interest margin, either positively or negatively.
Most of the yields on our earning assets, including adjustable-rate loans and investments, and the rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits and liabilities are related to market interest rates. Interest rate risk occurs when the interest income (yields) we earn on our assets changes at a pace that differs from the interest expense (rates) we pay on liabilities.
The primary tool we use to assess our exposure to interest rate risk is a quantitative modeling technique that simulates the effects of variations in interest rates on net interest income. These monthly simulations compare multiple hypothetical interest rate scenarios to a stable or current interest rate environment. As a result of these simulations, we take actions to limit the variability on our net interest income due to changes in interest rates. Such actions include: (i) employing interest rate swaps; (ii) emphasizing the origination and retention of residential and commercial adjustable-rate loans, home equity loans, and residential fixed-rate mortgage loans having contractual maturities of no more than 20 years; (iii) selling the majority of 30 year fixed-rate, conforming

54

Table of Contents

residential mortgage loans into the secondary market without recourse; (iv) investing in securities with predictable cash flows; (v) growing core deposits; and (vi) utilizing wholesale borrowings to support cash flow needs and help match asset repricing.
Our Asset and Liability Committee monitors our sensitivity to interest rates and approves strategies to manage our exposure to interest rate risk. Our goal is to prudently manage the bank’s exposure to changes in the interest rate environment and resultant impacts on earnings and capital.
Net Interest Income Sensitivity
The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the next 12 months resulting from parallel interest rate shifts of varying magnitude and different timing assumptions (gradual ramps up in rates over twelve months versus an immediate rate shock). These measurements assume the balance sheet remains static, meaning there is no net growth or change in balance sheet composition. Accordingly, the impact of the rate scenario run in calculating these measurements is reflected via the repricing of existing positions and reinvestment of runoff balances into similar positions at the periodic rate dictated by the scenario.
 
 
Calculated increase (decrease)
 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Changes in interest rates (1)
Net interest income
% change
 
Net interest income
% change
 
 
(dollars in millions)
+ 200 basis points (gradual)
$
51

4.7
 %
 
$
53

4.9
 %
+ 100 basis points (gradual)
26

2.4

 
28

2.6

- 50 basis points (gradual)
(17
)
(1.6
)
 
(15
)
(1.4
)
(1)
Our ERMC has established a policy limiting the adverse change to net interest income to less than 5% under this scenario.
(2)  
Under a shock scenario where interest rates increase 200 basis points immediately, net interest income is estimated to increase by approximately 10.0 % at March 31, 2015 .
Assumptions / Limitations: The assumption of maintaining a static balance sheet and parallel rate shocks are key elements of this assessment of interest rate risk exposure. Certain variable impacts on these assumptions, such as the direction of future interest rates not moving in a parallel manner across the yield curve and how the balance sheet will dynamically respond and shift based on a change in future interest rates and how the Company will actually respond, are not contemplated in these measures and limit the predictive value of these scenarios. The Company is cognizant of the methodology and assumptions used in these standard interest rate risk measures, along with their resultant benefits and limitations. Key variables not included in these interest rate risk measures include, but are not limited to:
Rates are unlikely to change in a parallel manner: there will likely be changes in yield curve slope and the spread between key market indices. For example, the 10-year U.S. Treasury Bond yielded 3.0% at January 2, 2014 and yielded 1.75% as of January 29, 2015 while the 2-year US Treasury yielded 0.39% to 0.52% over that same period resulting in the spread difference between the yields decreasing from 261 bps at January 2, 2014 to 123 bps at January 29, 2015. With different points of the interest rate curve moving in varying degrees, the balance sheet may dynamically adjust and not remain static as assumed in the standard interest rate risk measures. Examples of mix shifts in the balance sheet include, but are not limited to shifts between variable and fixed rate assets originated and the composition and absolute levels of deposit categories.
Changes in customer behaviors: changing market rates re-define customer incentives and alternatives. For example, on the asset side the direction of mortgage rates will influence customer behavior and therefore housing turnover and refinance activity resulting in greater mortgage prepayments when long-term rates are declining, but create extension risk when those rates are increasing. In a rising rate environment mortgage activity may decline as lower prepayments on existing positions would likely be balanced by reduced originations. On the liability side, changing interest rate spreads between deposit categories will likely cause product shifts and changes in CD

55

Table of Contents

maturity terms. For example, as rates rise we would likely see customers migrate from non-reactive deposit categories (Savings and Checking) to more reactive categories (CDs and Money Market), which would carry higher rates than non-reactive deposits. These types of mix shifts are not contemplated in the assumptions for the standard interest rate risk measures.
Responses to the competitive environment: Deposit reactivity, a key determinant to quantify interest rate risk and estimates of profitability, is also driven by the competitive environment for deposits. Our deposit reactivity modeling, like most others, is derived from experience in prior rate cycles. The duration of the prolonged low rate environment with actions taken by the Federal Reserve to keep interest rates low through its Quantitative Easing program and resulting excess liquidity in the financial system renders historical modeling and experience of how non-contractual deposits may actually react in an increasing interest rate environment potentially less effective as the historical data set is not representative of current dynamics and may not be a good indicator of future performance. Equally, the release by the Federal Reserve during September 2014 of its mechanisms for how they will raise interest rates when the decision is made to do so include, in addition to conventional measures such as increases to the Federal Funds Rate, new tools such as paying interest on excess reserves and the use of reverse repurchase agreements. The impact of these new tools as excess liquidity is reversed from the financial system is unprecedented as well as potential increases to the competitive pressures amongst financial institutions to retain deposits is not contemplated in the historical data set and thus modeling output.
Scenario Analysis: Assumptions on future rate paths and their impacts are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income cannot be precisely predicted. In conjunction with standard interest rate risk metrics, the Asset/Liability Committee of the Company formulates and analyzes a range of alternative scenarios in which rate moves are not parallel and the balance sheet is not static. Certain assumptions are stressed to provide a broader range of potential outcomes. Thus, both static interest rate risk measures and dynamic scenario analysis are factored into risk assessment and strategic decisions of the Company.
To measure the potential impacts of rate driven dynamics on net interest income, we utilize multivariate quantitative modeling that simulates the effects of changing market rates on the amount and timing of cash flows. A range of rate scenarios are analyzed, including parallel rate shocks, partial shocks and non-parallel rate moves. In addition, there are deterministic scenarios, such as flat rates (including bull flatteners where long-term rates move lower relative to short-term rates and bear flatteners where short-term increase more relative to long-term rates), implied forward curves and stressed environments. Scenario specific assumptions are formulated to project customer behaviors, the competitive environment and pricing implications on new and existing positions. Sensitivity analysis is applied to assumptions which are key to the outcome but inherently uncertain, such as prepayments, deposit reactivity and disintermediation.
The goal of these simulations is to quantify the full range of interest rate risk, and identify the key drivers of rate driven exposure. Results of these standard analyses are presented to ALCO. Strategies which foster prudent management of the bank’s exposure to interest rates and the resultant impacts on earnings and capital are reviewed, approved and monitored.
Mitigants of interest rate risk exposure include the following business practices and possible initiatives to manage balance sheet structure:
targeting of security portfolio size and duration
diversification of security portfolio collateral and credit profiles
management of balance sheet growth:
limited growth in longer duration assets, such as the sale of conforming fixed mortgage originations and capping the production of non-conforming mortgages
fostered growth of shorter duration assets (e.g. variable rate loans) or longer duration liabilities (e.g. core deposits)
disposition of current positions (sale / securitization)

56

Table of Contents

hedging of current positions, or anticipatory hedging of projected positions
monitoring leverage to remain within prudent bounds
Economic Value of Equity (EVE) Sensitivity
In addition to the Net Interest Income Sensitivity approach, our interest rate risk position is also evaluated using an Economic Value of Equity ("EVE") approach. The assessment of both short-term earnings (Net Interest Income Sensitivity) and long-term valuation (EVE) approaches provides a more comprehensive analysis of interest rate risk exposure than Net Interest Income Sensitivity alone.

The EVE calculation represents a hypothetical valuation of equity, and is defined as the present value of projected asset cash flows less the present value of projected liability cash flows plus the current market value of any off balance sheet positions. EVE values only the current balance sheet positions and therefore does not incorporate the growth assumptions inherent in the Net Interest Income Sensitivity approach. All positions are evaluated in a current rate and parallel shock scenarios, which range from (100) bps to +300 bps.

The key indicator of interest rate risk is the EVE profile, which measures the percentage change in the hypothetical equity value versus the base rate scenario. The profile reflects the duration gap between assets, liabilities and off balance sheet positions. The impacts of embedded options are incorporated, including applicable caps / floors, behavioral assumptions on mortgage positions and reactivity assumptions on deposits. Governance limits define the tolerable degree of duration mismatch in rising rate environments.
A negative EVE percentage in a rising rate scenario indicates that asset duration exceeds liability duration. Future liability repricing and refunding may have a detrimental impact on net interest income.
A positive EVE percentage in a rising rate scenario indicates that liability duration exceeds asset duration. Future asset repricing and reinvestment may have a beneficial impact on net interest income.
The converse of the above would apply to falling rate environments.     
The following table shows our EVE sensitivity profile the dates indicated:
 
Change in EVE
 
Calculated increase (decrease)
Changes in interest rates
March 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
- 100 basis points
(5.0
)%
(3.6
)%
+ 100 basis points
(2.1
)
(2.2
)
+ 200 basis points (1)
(7.1
)
(7.1
)
+ 300 basis points (2)
(13.1
)
(13.0
)
(1)  
Our ERMC has established a policy limiting the adverse change to -20% under this scenario.
(2)  
Our ERMC has established a policy limiting the adverse change to -30% under this scenario.
Our EVE measures are consistent quarter over quarter as growth in variable rate commercial loans was offset by growth in money market deposits that are considered short-term with respect to price reactivity.
The EVE profile is useful as an indicator of longer term interest rate risk exposure. However, the measure is subject to limitations, as it does not factor in variables such as balance sheet growth, changes in balance sheet composition, adjustments to pricing spreads or strategic responses to changing interest rate environments. Also, the shocked rates represent stress scenarios, generating exposures which may overstate actual experience. Actual rate changes would be expected to be more gradual, with changes in yield curve relationships, and would thereby produce lesser impacts to future net interest income.

57

Table of Contents

Operational Risk
Like all companies, we are subject to Operational Risk. We define Operational Risk as the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, the misconduct or errors of people, and adverse external events. Operational losses may result from internal fraud; external fraud; employment practices and workplace safety; clients, products, and business practices; damage to physical assets; business disruption and systems failures; and execution, delivery, and process management. These events may include, but are not limited to, third party attempts to disrupt or penetrate our critical systems (for example, hacking, cyber attacks or denial-of-service attacks), inadequate vendor management or oversight, clerical errors, theft and other criminal conduct.
We manage Operational Risk through our ERM framework and internal control processes. Within this framework, our business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for accessing, identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities. Risk assessment and the regular monitoring of significant operating risks is performed by business units with oversight from Risk Management. Risk Management provides oversight and establishes internal policies and reviews procedures to assist business unit’s assessment, monitoring and mitigation of operational risks. In addition, we are continuing to invest in risk management systems and technology to support our businesses. The Operational Risk Committee, a senior management committee, provides oversight to the operational risk management process. The most significant operational risks we face are reported and reviewed by the ERMC and the Board Risk Committee. In addition, Risk Management is responsible for establishing compliance and operational risk program standards and policies, and provides effective challenge to management's self-assessments in their execution against program standards and policies.
The ERMC provides oversight of the Operational Risk Committee, our risk management functions and reviews our system of internal controls. ERMC reports to the Risk Committee of our Board of Directors on its activities.
Capital
We manage our capital position to ensure that our capital base is sufficient to support our current and future business needs, satisfy existing regulatory requirements, and meet appropriate standards of safety and soundness.
As of March 31, 2015 , we met all capital adequacy requirements to which we were subject and both First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. and First Niagara Bank, N.A. were considered well-capitalized under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y (in the case of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.) and the OCC’s prompt corrective action regulations (in the case of First Niagara Bank, N.A.).
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve and OCC published final rules establishing a new comprehensive framework for U.S. banking organizations (the "New Capital Rules"). Effective January 1, 2015, we became subject to the Standardized approach under the New Capital Rules which implemented the Basel Committee's December 2010 capital framework known as "Basel III" for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Prior to January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank were subject to the capital requirements of Basel I. Compared to Basel I, Basel III narrows the definition of regulatory capital and increases the capital requirements and revisions to Tier 1 common (referred to as Common Equity Tier 1 under Basel III), Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital are subject to phase-in from 2015 to 2019 and during that period, such capital amounts represent Basel III Transitional capital. In addition, Basel III establishes the Standardized approach for calculating risk weighted assets, replacing the risk weighting asset calculation framework under Basel I.
Our tier 1 risk-based capital ratio on a consolidated basis was 10.02% and 9.81% at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Our common equity tier 1 capital ratio under Basel III was 8.48% at March 31, 2015 and our tier 1 common ratio under Basel I was 8.20% at December 31, 2014 . The change in regulatory capital ratios from the fourth quarter of 2014 to the first quarter of 2015 reflected a positive impact related to the implementation of Basel III for both the Company and the Bank. The positive impact resulted from the benefits of reduction in disallowed intangibles and deferred tax assets as well as overall risk-weighted assets slightly decreasing.

58

Table of Contents

Due to the $1.1 billion goodwill impairment charge we recorded in the third quarter of 2014, we are required to obtain regulatory approval from the OCC to make distributions or other returns of capital from the Bank to the Company and consult with the Federal Reserve before paying the Company dividend to our common and preferred stockholders. Based on current estimates, we expect to seek approval from the OCC to make capital distributions until the first quarter of 2017 and consult with the Federal Reserve regarding quarterly dividend payments to common and preferred shareholders until the fourth quarter of 2015 based on their calculation formula.
While we cannot be assured that the OCC will approve and the Fed will not object to our quarterly dividend requests going forward, based on conversations with the regulators and barring any unforeseen future developments that would materially impact our profitability, we believe that we can maintain our holding company common and preferred dividend payments at their current levels.
During the first three months of 2015 , our stockholders’ equity increased $32 million driven primarily by our net income of $51 million and $14 million in unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale, partially offset by $28 million , or $0.08 per share, in common stock dividends and $8 million in preferred stock dividends.
First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. and our bank subsidiary, First Niagara Bank, N.A. are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, respectively. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Such quantitative measures are also subject to qualitative judgment of the regulators regarding components, risk weightings, and other factors.

59

Table of Contents

The capital amounts, ratios, and requirements for First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. and First Niagara Bank, N.A. are as follows at the dates indicated. Basel III Transitional rules became effective for us on January 1, 2015. Ratios and amounts presented as of December 31, 2014 are calculated under Basel I rules. As of March 31, 2015, the ratios presented are calculated under the Basel III Standardized Transitional Approach. Common equity tier 1 capital under Basel III replaced Tier 1 common capital under Basel I.
 
Actual
 
Minimum amount to be
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Ratio
 
well-capitalized
First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage ratio
$
2,820

7.56
%
 
$
1,865

5.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
2,820

10.02

 
2,252

8.00

Total risk-based capital
3,365

11.95

 
2,815

10.00

Common equity tier 1 capital
2,386

8.48

1,266,264,976

1,829

6.50

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage ratio
$
2,764

7.50
%
 
1,843

5.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
2,764

9.81

 
1,691

6.00

Total risk-based capital
3,313

11.75

 
2,819

10.00

Tier 1 common capital
2,312

8.20

 
N/A

N/A

First Niagara Bank, N.A.:
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage ratio
$
2,989

8.03
%
 
$
1,861

5.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
2,989

10.65

 
2,245

8.00

Total risk-based capital
3,235

11.53

 
2,806

10.00

Common equity tier 1 capital
2,989

10.65

 
1,824

6.50

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
Leverage ratio
$
2,949

8.01
%
 
$
1,841

5.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
2,949

10.48

 
1,688

6.00

Total risk-based capital
3,199

11.37

 
2,814

10.00

Accounting Standards in 2015
In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit.  The low-income housing tax credit program is designed to encourage private capital investment in the construction and rehabilitation of low-income housing.  The guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2015 with early adoption permitted.  We did not early adopt this guidance and it did not have a significant impact on our current or prior year financial statements.
In January 2014, the FASB issued guidance on when a creditor should reclassify a collateralized mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the collateral asset recognized.  The objective of the guidance is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized.  The guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2015 with early adoption permitted.  We did not early adopt this guidance and it did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance that will change the requirements for reporting discontinued operations.  The new guidance will require that a disposal of an entity or a group of components of an entity be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.  The guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2015 and it did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

60

Table of Contents

In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance that requires a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met: (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim; and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal plus interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2015, and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
Impact of New Accounting Standards
In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance that improves the revenue recognition requirements for contracts with customers. The core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2017, and we are currently evaluating the impact on our financial statements.
In June 2014, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to employees in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target, that affects vesting, could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments require that those performance targets should be treated as performance conditions. The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2016, with early adoption permitted, and we are currently evaluating the impact on our financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance on determining when and how to disclose going-concern uncertainties in the financial statements. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued. An entity must provide certain disclosures if “conditions or events raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.” The guidance applies to all entities and is effective for us for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted, and we do not expect this to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In November 2014, the FASB issued guidance for determining whether the nature of the host contract within a hybrid instrument is more akin to debt or equity. The guidance requires evaluating the nature of the host contract by considering the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid, including the embedded feature that is being evaluated for separation. The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2016, and we do not expect this to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In January 2015, the FASB issued guidance that eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP. The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2016 and may be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis and we do not expect this to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance which amends existing standards regarding the evaluation of certain legal entities and their consolidation in the financial statements. The amendments modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities and eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amendments also affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with variable interest entities and provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2016 and we are evaluating the impact of this guidance on our financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance that requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent

61

Table of Contents

with debt discounts.  The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2016, and we do not expect this to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance that a cloud computing arrangement that includes a software license should be accounted for consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses.  If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license then the arrangement should be accounted for as a service contract.  The guidance becomes effective for us on January 1, 2016, and we do not expect this to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
Pending FASB Rule Proposals
The FASB currently has two projects underway that could have a meaningful impact on bank financial statements, capital levels and regulatory capital ratios. The first project, which addresses the amount and timing of loss recognition for loans and investment securities, would generally result in an increase in overall allowance levels and lower capital levels. This project has been exposed for public comment three times since 2010. The most recent exposure draft did not contain an effective date, and the FASB has not indicated when they expect to issue a final standard or the final effective date.
The second project relates to leases and requires an operating lease to be recognized on the balance sheet as a "right to use" asset and as a corresponding liability representing the obligation to pay rent. This project would result in an increase to assets and liabilities recognized and therefore increase risk-weighted assets for regulatory capital purposes. This project has been exposed for public comment twice since 2010. The most recent exposure draft did not contain an effective date, and the FASB has not indicated when they expect to issue a final standard or the final effective date.
We are evaluating the projects as proposed and the possible range of impacts and will determine any impact of these projects to capital or future earnings once the final rules are issued.


62

Table of Contents

ITEM 1.
Financial Statements
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Condition (unaudited)
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)
 
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
$
388

$
420

Investment securities:
 
 
Available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $5,801 and $5,830 in 2015 and 2014; includes pledged securities that can be sold or repledged of $123 and $39 in 2015 and 2014)
5,911

5,915

Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $6,302 and $5,964 in 2015 and 2014; includes pledged securities that can be sold or repledged of $442 and $128 in 2015 and 2014)
6,215

5,942

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank common stock, at amortized cost
375

412

Loans held for sale
49

40

Loans and leases (net of allowance for loan losses of $231 and $234 in 2015 and 2014)
22,887

22,803

Bank owned life insurance
428

426

Premises and equipment, net
406

407

Goodwill
1,350

1,350

Core deposit and other intangibles, net
61

67

Other assets
838

769

Total assets
$
38,907

$
38,551

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities:
 
 
Deposits
$
28,250

$
27,781

Short-term borrowings
4,739

5,472

Long-term borrowings
1,234

734

Other
560

471

Total liabilities
34,782

34,458

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; Series B, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, $25 liquidation preference; 14,000,000 shares issued in 2015 and 2014
338

338

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 366,002,045 shares issued in 2015 and 2014
4

4

Additional paid-in capital
4,233

4,235

Accumulated deficit
(314
)
(330
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
23

9

Treasury stock, at cost, 12,285,192 and 12,613,836 shares in 2015 and 2014
(158
)
(162
)
Total stockholders’ equity
4,125

4,093

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
38,907

$
38,551

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

63

Table of Contents

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES    
Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
(in millions, except per share amounts)
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2015
2014
Interest income:
 
 
Loans and leases
$
210

$
210

Investment securities and other
86

90

Total interest income
297

300

Interest expense:
 
 
Deposits
15

12

Borrowings
18

17

Total interest expense
34

29

Net interest income
263

271

Provision for credit losses
13

24

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
250

247

Noninterest income:
 
 
Deposit service charges
20

23

Insurance commissions
16

16

Merchant and card fees
12

12

Wealth management services
15

16

Mortgage banking
5

3

Capital markets income
4

4

Lending and leasing
4

5

Bank owned life insurance
4

5

Other income
3

(7
)
Total noninterest income
82

77

Noninterest expense:
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
112

118

Occupancy and equipment
27

28

Technology and communications
35

30

Marketing and advertising
10

7

Professional services
13

12

Amortization of intangibles
6

8

Federal deposit insurance premiums
11

9

Restructuring charges
18

10

Other expense
29

27

Total noninterest expense
261

249

Income before income taxes
71

75

Income tax
20

15

Net income
51

60

Preferred stock dividend
8

8

Net income available to common stockholders
$
44

$
53

Earnings per share:
 
 
Basic
$
0.12

$
0.15

Diluted
$
0.12

$
0.15

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
Basic
351

350

Diluted
353

351

Dividends per common share
$
0.08

$
0.08

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

64

Table of Contents

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)
(in millions) 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2015
2014
Net income
$
51

$
60

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:
 
 
Securities available for sale:
 
 
Net unrealized gains arising during the year
16

9

Net unrealized holding gains on securities transferred between available for sale and held to maturity:
 
 
Less: amortization of net unrealized holding gains to income during the year
(2
)
(2
)
Net unrealized losses on interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges arising during the year
(1
)

Amortization of net loss related to pension and post-retirement plans
1


Total other comprehensive income
15

7

Total comprehensive income
$
66

$
67

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


65

Table of Contents

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (unaudited)
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)    
 
 
Preferred
stock
Common
stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
Common
stock
held by
ESOP
Treasury
stock
Total
Balances at January 1, 2015
$
338

$
4

$
4,235

$
(330
)
$
9

$

$
(162
)
$
4,093

Net income



51




51

Total other comprehensive income, net




15



15

Stock-based compensation expense


2





2

Restricted stock activity (328,644 shares)


(4
)



4


Preferred stock dividends



(8
)



(8
)
Common stock dividends of $.08 per share



(28
)



(28
)
Balances at March 31, 2015
$
338

$
4

$
4,233

$
(314
)
$
23

$

$
(158
)
$
4,125

Balances at January 1, 2014
$
338

$
4

$
4,235

$
536

$
62

$
(17
)
$
(165
)
$
4,993

Net Income



60




60

Total other comprehensive income, net




7



7

ESOP shares committed to be released (44,485 shares)








Stock-based compensation expense


2





2

Restricted stock activity (186,151 shares)


(2
)
(1
)


3


Preferred stock dividends






(8
)






(8
)
Common stock dividends of $.08 per share



(28
)



(28
)
Balances at March 31, 2014
$
338

$
4

$
4,235

$
560

$
69

$
(16
)
$
(162
)
$
5,027

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


66

Table of Contents

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES        
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
(in millions)
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2015
2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
Net income
$
51

$
60

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
Amortization of fees and discounts, net
7

11

Provision for credit losses
13

24

Depreciation of premises and equipment
17

13

Amortization of intangibles
6

8

Origination of loans held for sale
(157
)
(128
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
153

145

ESOP and stock based-compensation expense
2

3

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
10

(20
)
Other, net
(57
)
39

Net cash provided by operating activities
45

154

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
25

10

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale
67

92

Principal payments received on securities available for sale
267

294

Purchases of securities available for sale
(315
)
(18
)
Principal payments received on securities held to maturity
299

150

Purchases of securities held to maturity
(569
)
(545
)
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity
15


Proceeds from sales of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank common stock
37

32

Net increase in loans and leases
(101
)
(335
)
Purchases of premises and equipment
(21
)
(11
)
Other, net
20

6

Net cash used in investing activities
(277
)
(326
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
Net increase in deposits
469

933

Repayments of short-term borrowings, net
(733
)
(685
)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
500


Repayments of long-term borrowings

(1
)
Dividends paid on noncumulative preferred stock
(8
)
(8
)
Dividends paid on common stock
(28
)
(28
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
200

212

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(32
)
40

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
420

463

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
388

$
503

Supplemental disclosures
 
 
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
Income taxes
$
34

$
36

Interest expense
33

30

Other noncash activity:
 
 
Securities available for sale purchased not settled
37

36

Securities held to maturity purchased not settled
25

6

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
(in millions, except as noted and per share amounts)
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”), including its wholly owned subsidiary First Niagara Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), have been prepared using U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information.
These consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for a full year presentation and certain disclosures have been condensed or omitted in accordance with rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In our opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation have been included. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 do not necessarily reflect the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015 . We reviewed subsequent events and determined that no further disclosures or adjustments were required. Amounts in prior period financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current period presentation. The Company and the Bank are referred to collectively as “we” or “us” or “our.”

68


Note 1. Investment Securities
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of our investment securities at the dates indicated are summarized as follows:
 
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Fair
March 31, 2015
cost
gains
losses
value
Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
States and political subdivisions
$
426

$
9

$

$
435

U.S. Treasury
55

1


55

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
270

4


275

Corporate
822

19

(8
)
833

Total debt securities
1,574

33

(8
)
1,599

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
33

1

(1
)
33

Federal National Mortgage Association
89

5


94

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
107

5


112

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
667

6

(4
)
668

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
335

3

(1
)
337

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
1,002

9

(5
)
1,006

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
1,231

19

(6
)
1,244

Commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency issued
1,351

46


1,397

Total mortgage-backed securities
2,582

65

(6
)
2,641

Collateralized loan obligations, non-agency issued
1,129

19

(1
)
1,146

Asset-backed securities collateralized by:
 
 
 
 
Student loans
223

7


230

Credit cards
42

1


43

Auto loans
148

1


149

Other
82

1


83

Total asset-backed securities
494

10


504

Other
22



22

Total securities available for sale
$
5,801

$
127

$
(16
)
$
5,911

Investment securities held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
Debt securities, U.S. government agencies
$
45

$

$

$
45

Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
11



11

Federal National Mortgage Association
111

1


112

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
61

1


61

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
1,630

34

(2
)
1,662

Federal National Mortgage Association
2,042

25

(8
)
2,060

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
2,315

44

(8
)
2,351

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
5,987

103

(17
)
6,073

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
6,169

105

(17
)
6,257

Total securities held to maturity
$
6,215

$
105

$
(17
)
$
6,302


69


 
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Fair
December 31, 2014
cost
gains
losses
value
Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
States and political subdivisions
$
444

$
10

$

$
453

U.S. Treasury
25



25

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
187

5


191

Corporate
820

15

(12
)
823

Total debt securities
1,476

29

(12
)
1,492

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
34

1

(1
)
34

Federal National Mortgage Association
96

5


100

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
115

5


120

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
694

2

(13
)
682

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
353

1

(4
)
350

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
1,047

3

(18
)
1,032

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
1,291

13

(19
)
1,286

Commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency issued
1,450

51


1,500

Total mortgage-backed securities
2,741

64

(19
)
2,786

Collateralized loan obligations, non-agency issued
1,001

18

(3
)
1,016

Asset-backed securities collateralized by:
 
 
 
 
Student loans
228

7


235

Credit cards
42



42

Auto loans
193

1


194

Other
127

1

(1
)
127

Total asset-backed securities
591

9

(1
)
599

Other
22



22

Total securities available for sale
$
5,830

$
121

$
(35
)
$
5,915

Investment securities held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
Debt securities, U.S. government agencies
$
60

$

$

$
60

Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
12



12

Federal National Mortgage Association
118

1

(1
)
118

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
65

1


65

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
1,755

27

(3
)
1,779

Federal National Mortgage Association
1,965

11

(22
)
1,954

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
1,967

25

(17
)
1,976

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
5,687

63

(41
)
5,709

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
5,882

64

(42
)
5,904

Total securities held to maturity
$
5,942

$
64

$
(42
)
$
5,964


70


The table below details certain information regarding our investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position at the dates indicated by the length of time those securities were in a continuous loss position:
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
March 31, 2015
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
States and political subdivisions
$
14

$

19

 
$
1

$

5

 
$
14

$

24

U.S. Treasury
10


1

 



 
10


1

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
61


8

 
1


1

 
62


9

Corporate
133

(4
)
75

 
75

(3
)
41

 
208

(8
)
116

Total debt securities
217

(5
)
103

 
77

(3
)
47

 
295

(8
)
150

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association



 
19

(1
)
5

 
19

(1
)
5

Federal National Mortgage Association


1

 



 


1

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal National Mortgage Association



 
185

(4
)
10

 
185

(4
)
10

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
15


1

 
46

(1
)
2

 
62

(1
)
3

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
15


1

 
231

(5
)
12

 
247

(5
)
13

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
15


2

 
250

(6
)
17

 
265

(6
)
19

Commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency issued
21


7

 
5


1

 
26


8

Total mortgage-backed securities
36


9

 
255

(6
)
18

 
291

(6
)
27

Collateralized loan obligations, non-agency issued
150

(1
)
18

 
159

(1
)
17

 
309

(1
)
35

Asset-backed securities collateralized by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
23


3

 
1


1

 
24


4

Auto loans
3


2

 



 
3


2

Other
26


2

 
26


3

 
52


5

Total asset-backed securities
51


7

 
28


4

 
79


11

Other



 
9


3

 
9


3

Total securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position
$
455

$
(5
)
137

 
$
528

$
(11
)
89

 
$
983

$
(16
)
226

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

71


 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
March 31, 2015
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
Investment securities held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association



 
2


2

 
2


2

Federal National Mortgage Association
7


5

 
33


9

 
40


14

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
1


2

 
4


1

 
5


3

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
68


15

 
114

(1
)
24

 
183

(2
)
39

Federal National Mortgage Association
2


2

 
460

(8
)
27

 
462

(8
)
29

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
123


9

 
383

(7
)
23

 
506

(8
)
32

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
194

(1
)
26

 
957

(16
)
74

 
1,151

(17
)
100

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
202

(1
)
33

 
996

(17
)
86

 
1,198

(17
)
119

Total securities held to maturity in an unrealized loss position
$
202

$
(1
)
33

 
$
996

$
(17
)
86

 
$
1,198

$
(17
)
119


72



 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
December 31, 2014
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
States and political subdivisions
$
16

$

22

 
$
1

$

5

 
$
17

$

27

US Treasury
5


1

 



 
5


1

U.S. government sponsored enterprises
18


7

 
42


4

 
60


11

Corporate
176

(7
)
127

 
102

(5
)
61

 
278

(12
)
188

Total debt securities
215

(7
)
157

 
145

(5
)
70

 
360

(12
)
227

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association



 
19

(1
)
5

 
19

(1
)
5

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
26


3

 
517

(13
)
30

 
542

(13
)
33

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
47


3

 
216

(4
)
12

 
263

(4
)
15

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
73


6

 
733

(18
)
42

 
806

(18
)
48

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
73


6

 
752

(19
)
47

 
825

(19
)
53

Commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency issued
13


3

 
24


3

 
36


6

Total mortgage-backed securities
85


9

 
776

(19
)
50

 
861

(19
)
59

Collateralized loan obligations, non-agency issued
276

(2
)
32

 
146

(1
)
15

 
422

(3
)
47

Asset-backed securities collateralized by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
26


4

 
2


2

 
28


6

Credit card
8


1

 



 
8


1

Auto loans
3


2

 



 
3


2

Other


1

 
52

(1
)
5

 
52

(1
)
6

Total asset-backed securities
37


8

 
55

(1
)
7

 
92

(1
)
15

Other



 
9


3

 
9


3

Total securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position
$
614

$
(10
)
206

 
$
1,130

$
(26
)
145

 
$
1,744

$
(35
)
351

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

73


 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
 
Fair
Unrealized
 
December 31, 2014
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
 
value
losses
Count
Investment securities held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities, U.S. government agencies
$
38

$

5

 
$

$


 
$
38

$

5

Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association



 
2


2

 
2


2

Federal National Mortgage Association
4


1

 
51

(1
)
12

 
55

(1
)
13

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
33


9

 
9


2

 
42


11

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
360

(2
)
48

 
46

(1
)
12

 
407

(3
)
60

Federal National Mortgage Association
240

(1
)
18

 
648

(21
)
36

 
888

(22
)
54

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
422

(5
)
27

 
463

(12
)
28

 
885

(17
)
55

Total collateralized mortgage obligations
1,022

(8
)
93

 
1,157

(34
)
76

 
2,179

(41
)
169

Total residential mortgage-backed securities
1,059

(8
)
103

 
1,219

(35
)
92

 
2,278

(42
)
195

Total securities held to maturity in an unrealized loss position
$
1,097

$
(8
)
108

 
$
1,219

$
(35
)
92

 
$
2,316

$
(42
)
200

We have assessed the securities in an unrealized loss position at March 31, 2015 and at December 31, 2014 and determined that the declines in fair value below amortized cost were temporary.
The Volcker Rule provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act restrict the ability of affiliates of insured depository institutions to sponsor or invest in private funds or to engage in certain types of proprietary trading. Although the Volcker Rule became effective on July 21, 2012 and the final rules became effective April 1, 2014, in connection with the adoption of the final rules on December 10, 2013 by the responsible agencies, the Federal Reserve issued an order extending the period during which institutions have to conform their activities and investments to the requirements of the Volcker Rule to July 21, 2015. The issuance of the final Volcker Rule restricts our ability to hold debt securities issued by Collateralized Loan Obligations ("CLOs") where our investment in these debt securities is deemed to be an ownership interest in a CLO and the CLO itself does not qualify for an exclusion in the final rule for loan securitizations. On December 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve Board announced it would give banking entities until July 21, 2016 to conform investments in covered funds that were in place prior to December 31, 2013 ("legacy covered funds"). The Board also announced its intention to act next year to grant banking entities an additional one-year extension of the conformance period for legacy covered funds which together would extend until July 21, 2017 the time period for institutions to conform their ownership interests to the stated provisions of the final Volcker Rule.
For our CLOs subject to the Volcker Rule in an unrealized loss position, we believe it is more likely than not that we will be able to hold these securities to recovery, which could be maturity as the Federal Reserve announcement extends the conformance period to July 2017 and we believe that other structural remedies are available to us to allow us to continue holding the bonds after the conformance period.
In making the determination that the declines in fair value below amortized cost for the remainder of the portfolio were temporary, we considered some or all of the following factors: the period of time the securities were in an unrealized loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities’ amortized cost, credit rating, the financial condition of the issuer and guarantor, where applicable, the delinquency or default rates of underlying collateral, projected collateral losses, projected cash flows and credit enhancement. If the level of credit

74


enhancement is sufficient based on our expectations of future collateral losses, we conclude that we will receive all of the originally scheduled cash flows. If the present value of the cash flows indicates that we should not expect to recover the amortized cost basis of the security, we would consider the security to be other than temporarily impaired and write down the credit component of the unrealized loss through a charge to current period earnings. We do not intend to sell these securities in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before the recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.
Scheduled contractual maturities of our investment securities at March 31, 2015 were as follows:
 
Amortized cost
Fair value
Debt securities:
 
 
Within one year
$
115

$
116

After one year through five years
819

839

After five years through ten years
662

667

After ten years
22

22

Total debt securities
1,619

1,644

Mortgage-backed securities
8,751

8,898

Collateralized loan obligations
1,129

1,146

Asset-backed securities
494

504

Other
22

22

 
$
12,015

$
12,214

While the contractual maturities of our mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, asset-backed securities, and other securities generally exceed ten years , we expect the effective lives to be significantly shorter due to prepayments of the underlying loans and the nature of these securities. The duration of our investment securities portfolio increased to 3.8 years at March 31, 2015 from 3.7 years at December 31, 2014 .
Note 2. Loans and Leases
Overall Portfolio
Our loan portfolio is made up of two segments, commercial loans and consumer loans. Those segments are further segregated between our loans initially accounted for under the amortized cost method (referred to as “originated” loans) and loans acquired (referred to as “acquired” loans). Our commercial loan portfolio segment includes both business and commercial real estate loans. Our consumer portfolio segment includes residential real estate, home equity, indirect auto, credit cards, and other consumer loans.

75


Our loans and leases receivable consisted of the following at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Originated
Acquired
Total
 
Originated
Acquired
Total
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
6,204

$
996

$
7,201

 
$
6,181

$
1,050

$
7,231

Construction
1,087


1,087

 
973

1

973

Business
5,448

343

5,791

 
5,430

345

5,775

Total commercial
12,738

1,340

14,078

 
12,584

1,395

13,979

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
2,136

1,194

3,330

 
2,096

1,257

3,353

Home equity
1,888

1,056

2,944

 
1,847

1,089

2,936

Indirect auto
2,201


2,201

 
2,166


2,166

Credit cards
301


301

 
324


324

Other consumer
264


264

 
278


278

Total consumer
6,790

2,250

9,040

 
6,711

2,347

9,058

Total loans and leases
19,529

3,590

23,118

 
19,296

3,742

23,037

Allowance for loan losses
(224
)
(7
)
(231
)
 
(228
)
(6
)
(234
)
Total loans and leases, net
$
19,304

$
3,583

$
22,887

 
$
19,067

$
3,736

$
22,803

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , we had a liability for unfunded loan commitments of $ 15 million and $16 million , respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 , we recognized a release of provision for credit losses related to our unfunded loan commitments of $1 million . For the three months ended March 31, 2014 we recognized a provision for credit losses related to our unfunded commitments of $0.4 million .
Of the $2.9 billion home equity portfolio at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion were in a first lien position at each period end, respectively. We hold or service the first lien loan for approximately 10% of the remainder of the home equity portfolio that was in a second lien position as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .

Acquired loan portfolios
We have acquired loans in four acquisitions since January 1, 2009. All acquired loans were initially measured at fair value and subsequently accounted for under either Accounting Standards Codification Topic (“ASC”) 310-30 (Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality) or ASC 310-20 (Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs.)

76


The outstanding principal balance and the related carrying amount of our acquired loans included in our Consolidated Statements of Condition were as follows at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Credit impaired acquired loans evaluated individually for future credit losses
 
 
Outstanding principal balance
$
10

$
10

Carrying amount
5

6

Acquired loans evaluated collectively for future credit losses
 
 
Outstanding principal balance
2,419

2,549

Carrying amount
2,367

2,496

Other acquired loans
 
 
Outstanding principal balance
1,248

1,274

Carrying amount
1,217

1,240

Total acquired loans
 
 
Outstanding principal balance
3,677

3,832

Carrying amount
3,590

3,742

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield, which includes income recognized from contractual interest cash flows, for the dates indicated. Acquired lines of credit accounted for under ASC 310-20 are not included in this table. 
Balance at January 1, 2014
$
(851
)
Net reclassifications from nonaccretable yield
(5
)
Accretion
138

Other (1)
55

Balance at December 31, 2014
(663
)
Accretion
28

Balance at March 31, 2015
$
(635
)
(1)  
Includes changes in expected cash flows from changes in interest rate and prepayment assumptions.
During 2014 , we reduced our estimate of future cash flows on acquired loans to reflect our current outlook for prepayment speeds on these balances.  The increase in prepayment speed assumptions reduced our accretable discount by $55 million in 2014 .  These changes did not materially impact our interest income or net interest margin. 
Allowance for loan losses
We establish our allowance for loan losses through a provision for credit losses based on our evaluation of the credit quality of our loan portfolio. We determined our allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment as defined above. For our originated loans, our allowance for loan losses consists of the following elements: (i) specific valuation allowances based on probable losses on specifically identified impaired loans; and (ii) valuation allowances based on net historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar inherent risk characteristics and performance trends, adjusted, as appropriate for qualitative risk factors specific to respective loan types.
We also maintain an allowance for loan losses on acquired loans when: (i) for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, there is deterioration in credit quality subsequent to acquisition, and (ii) for loans accounted for under ASC 310-20, the inherent losses in the loans exceed the remaining credit discount recorded at the time of acquisition.
Beginning in the second quarter of 2014, we raised our threshold for evaluating commercial loans individually for impairment from $200 thousand to $1 million . Impaired loans to commercial borrowers with outstandings less than $1 million are pooled and measured for impairment collectively. Additionally, all loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"), regardless of dollar size, are considered impaired. The impact of this change to our

77


allowance for loan losses was not significant. This change is being implemented on a prospective basis, accordingly, prior period financial disclosures have not been revised.
The following table presents the activity in our allowance for loan losses on originated loans and related recorded investment of the associated loans in our originated loan portfolio segment for the periods indicated:
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Originated loans
Real estate
Business
 
Residential
Home equity
Indirect auto
Credit cards
Other
consumer
Total
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
65

$
122

 
$
2

$
8

$
14

$
12

$
5

$
228

Provision for loan losses
8


 

(2
)
2

2

1

11

Charge-offs
(4
)
(7
)
 

(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(2
)
(19
)
Recoveries

2

 


1

1


4

Balance at end of period
$
69

$
117

 
$
2

$
6

$
14

$
11

$
4

$
224

Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
5

$
3

 
$
1

$

$

$

$

$
9

Collectively evaluated for impairment
64

115

 
1

6

14

11

4

215

Total
$
69

$
117

 
$
2

$
6

$
14

$
11

$
4

$
224

Loans receivable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
76

$
76

 
$
22

$
6

$
3

$

$
2

$
186

Collectively evaluated for impairment
7,214

5,372

 
2,114

1,882

2,198

301

261

19,343

Total
$
7,291

$
5,448

 
$
2,136

$
1,888

$
2,201

$
301

$
264

$
19,529

Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
47

$
120

 
$
2

$
7

$
10

$
13

$
6

$
205

Provision for loan losses
12


 

1

3

2

2

20

Charge-offs
(1
)
(10
)
 

(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(2
)
(20
)
Recoveries
3

1

 





4

Balance at end of period
$
61

$
112

 
$
2

$
8

$
11

$
12

$
6

$
210

Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1

$
2

 
$
1

$
3

$

$

$

$
7

Collectively evaluated for impairment
59

110

 
1

5

11

12

6

202

Total
$
61

$
112

 
$
2

$
8

$
11

$
12

$
6

$
210

Loans receivable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
60

$
55

 
$
20

$
6

$
1

$

$
2

$
146

Collectively evaluated for impairment
6,515

4,998

 
1,878

1,598

1,654

306

293

17,242

Total
$
6,575

$
5,053

 
$
1,898

$
1,605

$
1,655

$
306

$
296

$
17,389

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


78



The following table presents the activity in our allowance for loan losses and related recorded investment of the associated loans in our acquired loan portfolio for the periods indicated:
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Acquired loans
Real estate
Business
 
Residential
Home equity
Credit cards
Other
consumer
Total
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
1

$
1

 
$
2

$
2

$

$

$
6

Provision for loan losses
2


 

1



3

Charge-offs
(2
)

 

(1
)


(3
)
Recoveries


 





Balance at end of period
$
2

$
1

 
$
2

$
3

$

$

$
7

Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$

$

 
$

$

$

$

$

Collectively evaluated for impairment
2

1

 
2

3



7

Total
$
2

$
1

 
$
2

$
3

$

$

$
7

Loans receivable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$

$
3

 
$

$
4

$

$

$
7

Collectively evaluated for impairment

271

 

939



1,211

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
996

69

 
1,194

113



2,372

Total
$
996

$
343

 
$
1,194

$
1,056

$

$

$
3,590

Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$

$

 
$
1

$
3

$

$

$
4

Provision for loan losses
1


 

2



3

Charge-offs
(1
)

 

(2
)


(3
)
Recoveries


 





Balance at end of period
$

$

 
$
1

$
3

$

$

$
4

Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$

$

 
$

$

$

$

$

Collectively evaluated for impairment


 
1

3



4

Total
$

$

 
$
1

$
3

$

$

$
4

Loans receivable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$

$
7

 
$

$
4

$

$

$
11

Collectively evaluated for impairment

314

 

999



1,313

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
1,292

95

 
1,491

160



3,038

Total
$
1,292

$
417

 
$
1,491

$
1,162

$

$

$
4,362

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

79


Credit Quality
We monitor credit quality as indicated by various factors and utilize such information in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The following sections discuss the various credit quality indicators that we consider.
Nonperforming loans
Our nonperforming loans consisted of the following at the dates indicated:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Originated
Acquired
Total (1)
 
Originated
Acquired
Total
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
66

$

$
66

 
$
53

$

$
53

Business
55

7

61

 
45

7

53

Total commercial
120

7

127

 
98

7

106

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
33


33

 
34


34

Home equity
26

23

49

 
24

23

47

Indirect auto
13


13

 
13


13

Other consumer
5


5

 
5


5

Total consumer
77

23

101

 
75

23

98

Total
$
198

$
30

$
228

 
$
174

$
30

$
204

(1)  
Nonperforming loans do not include $5 million related to a nonperforming loan classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2015, which was sold and for which we received the proceeds on April 2, 2015.
The table below provides information about the interest income that would have been recognized if our nonperforming loans had performed in accordance with terms for the periods indicated: 
 
Three months ended
 
March 31,
 
2015
2014
 
 
 
Additional interest income that would have been recorded if nonperforming loans had performed in accordance with original terms
$
3

$
2


80


Impaired loans
The following table provides information about our impaired originated loans including ending recorded investment, principal balance, and related allowance amount at the dates indicated. Loans with no related allowance for loan losses have adequate collateral securing their carrying value and in some circumstances have been charged down to their current carrying value based on the fair value of the collateral. The recorded investment of our impaired loans, less any related allowance for loan losses, was 69% and 70% of the loans’ unpaid principal balance at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. 
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Originated loans
Recorded
investment (1)
Unpaid
principal
balance
Related
allowance
 
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Related
allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
42

$
62

$

 
$
40

$
59

$

Business
49

75


 
29

51


Total commercial
90

136


 
69

110


Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
15

17


 
8

9


Home equity
4

5


 
3

4


Indirect auto
2

3


 
2

3


Other consumer
1

1


 
2

2


Total consumer
22

28


 
16

18


Total
$
113

$
164

$

 
$
85

$
128

$

With a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
35

$
41

$
5

 
$
24

$
27

$
2

Business
27

40

3

 
32

43

2

Total commercial
62

80

8

 
56

70

4

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
7

7

1

 
11

13

1

Home equity
2

2


 
4

4

1

Indirect auto
1

1


 



Other consumer
1

1


 



Total consumer
11

11

1

 
16

17

2

Total
$
73

$
91

$
9

 
$
71

$
87

$
6

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
76

$
102

$
5

 
$
64

$
86

$
2

Business
76

114

3

 
61

93

2

Total commercial
152

217

8

 
125

179

4

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
22

24

1

 
20

22

1

Home equity
6

7


 
7

8

1

Indirect auto
3

4


 
2

3


Other consumer
2

3


 
2

2


Total consumer
33

38

1

 
31

36

2

Total
$
186

$
255

$
9

 
$
156

$
215

$
6


81


(1)  
Impaired loans do not include $5 million related to a nonperforming loan classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2015, which was sold and for which we received the proceeds on April 2, 2015.
The following table provides information about our impaired acquired loans with no related allowance at the dates indicated. The remaining credit mark is considered adequate to cover any loss on these balances.
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Acquired loans
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Related
allowance
 
Recorded
investment
Unpaid principal balance
Related
allowance
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$

$

$

 
$

$

$

Business
3

3


 
3

3


Total commercial
3

3


 
3

3


Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate



 



Home equity
4

5


 
4

6


Other consumer



 



Total consumer
4

5


 
4

6


Total (1)
$
7

$
8

$

 
$
7

$
9

$

(1)
Includes nonperforming purchased credit impaired loans.
The following table provides information about our impaired originated loans including the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the periods indicated: 
 
March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Originated loans
Average
recorded
investment
Interest
income
recognized
 
Average
recorded
investment
Interest
income
recognized
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
77

$

 
$
62

$

Business
78


 
55


Total commercial
155

1

 
117

1

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
22


 
20


Home equity
6


 
6


Indirect auto
3


 
2


Other consumer
3


 
2


Total consumer
33


 
31


Total
$
189

$
1

 
$
148

$
1


82


The following table provides information about our impaired acquired loans including the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the periods indicated:
 
March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Acquired loans
Average
recorded
investment
Interest
income
recognized
 
Average
recorded
investment
Interest
income
recognized
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$

$

 
$

$

Business
3


 
8


Total commercial
3


 
8


Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate


 


Home equity
4


 
4


Other consumer


 


Total consumer
4


 
4


Total (1)
$
7

$

 
$
11

$

(1)
Includes nonperforming purchased credit impaired loans.
Period end nonperforming loans differed from the amount of total impaired loans as certain TDRs, which are considered impaired loans, were accruing interest because the borrower demonstrated its ability to satisfy the terms of the restructured loan for at least six consecutive payments. Also contributing to the difference are nonperforming commercial loans less than $1 million and nonperforming consumer loans, which are not considered impaired unless they have been modified in a TDR as they are evaluated collectively when determining the allowance for loan losses.
The following table is a reconciliation between nonperforming loans and impaired loans at the dates indicated:
 
Commercial
Consumer
Total
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
Nonperforming loans
$
127

$
101

$
228

Plus: Accruing TDRs
56

8

64

Less: Smaller balance nonperforming loans evaluated collectively when determining the allowance for loan losses
(28
)
(72
)
(100
)
Total impaired loans (1)
$
155

$
37

$
192

December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
Nonperforming loans
$
106

$
98

$
204

Plus: Accruing TDRs
59

8

67

Less: Smaller balance nonperforming loans evaluated collectively when determining the allowance for loan losses
(36
)
(71
)
(108
)
Total impaired loans (1)
$
128

$
35

$
163

(1)  
Includes nonperforming purchased credit impaired loans.

83


Credit Quality Indicators
The primary indicators of credit quality are delinquency status and our internal loan gradings for our commercial loan portfolio segment and delinquency status and current FICO scores for our consumer loan portfolio segment.
The following tables contain an aging analysis of our loans by class at the dates indicated: 
 
30-59 days
past due
60-89 days
past due
Greater 
than
90 days
past due
Total
past due
Current
Total loans
receivable
Greater than
90 days
and accruing (1)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
6

$
5

$
34

$
45

$
7,246

$
7,291

$

Business
19

2

14

36

5,412

5,448


Total commercial
26

7

48

80

12,658

12,738


Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
5

1

19

25

2,111

2,136


Home equity
3

1

16

20

1,868

1,888


Indirect auto
13

2

5

21

2,180

2,201


Credit cards
1

1

3

5

296

301

3

Other consumer
2

1

3

6

258

264


Total consumer
25

7

45

77

6,713

6,790

3

Total
$
50

$
13

$
94

$
157

$
19,371

$
19,529

$
3

Acquired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
4

$
2

$
24

$
29

$
967

$
996

$
24

Business
1

1

7

8

335

343

4

Total commercial
4

2

30

37

1,303

1,340

27

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
11

5

52

68

1,126

1,194

52

Home equity
5

3

20

28

1,027

1,056

5

Total consumer
17

8

72

96

2,154

2,250

57

Total
$
21

$
10

$
102

$
133

$
3,456

$
3,590

$
84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

84


 
30-59 days
past due
60-89 days
past due
Greater 
than
90 days
past due
Total
past due
Current
Total loans
receivable
Greater than
90 days
and accruing (1)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
7

$
2

$
31

$
40

$
7,113

$
7,154

$

Business
5

7

17

28

5,402

5,430


Total commercial
11

9

49

69

12,515

12,584


Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
4

2

21

27

2,069

2,096


Home equity
3

1

15

19

1,828

1,847


Indirect auto
17

4

5

27

2,139

2,166


Credit cards
2

2

2

6

318

324

2

Other consumer
3

1

3

7

271

278


Total consumer
29

10

46

85

6,626

6,711

2

Total
$
41

$
19

$
95

$
154

$
19,141

$
19,296

$
2

Acquired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate
$
3

$
3

$
26

$
31

$
1,019

$
1,050

$
26

Business


7

7

338

345

4

Total commercial
3

3

33

38

1,357

1,395

30

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
11

5

56

72

1,186

1,257

56

Home equity
6

2

21

29

1,060

1,089

6

Total consumer
17

7

77

101

2,246

2,347

62

Total
$
21

$
9

$
109

$
139

$
3,603

$
3,742

$
91

 
(1)  
Includes credit card loans, loans that have matured and are in the process of collection, and acquired loans that were originally recorded at fair value upon acquisition. Acquired loans are considered to be accruing as we can reasonably estimate future cash flows on these acquired loans and we expect to fully collect the carrying value of these loans net of the allowance for acquired loan losses. Therefore, we are accreting the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows into interest income.

85


Our internal loan risk assessment provides information about the financial health of our commercial borrowers and our risk of potential loss. The following tables present information about the credit quality of our commercial loan portfolio at the dates indicated:
 
Real estate
Business
Total
Percent of total
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Originated loans:
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
6,936

$
5,122

$
12,058

94.7
%
Criticized: (1)(2)
 
 
 
 
Accrual
290

271

560

4.4

Nonaccrual
66

55

120

0.9

Total criticized
355

325

680

5.3

Total
$
7,291

$
5,448

$
12,738

100.0
%
Acquired loans:
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
895

$
295

$
1,190

88.8
%
Criticized: (1)
 
 
 
 
Accrual
101

42

143

10.7

Nonaccrual

7

7

0.5

Total criticized
101

49

150

11.2

Total
$
996

$
343

$
1,340

100.0
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
Originated loans:
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
6,791

$
5,067

$
11,858

94.2
%
Criticized: (1)
 
 
 
 
Accrual
310

318

628

5.0

Nonaccrual
53

45

98

0.8

Total criticized
363

363

726

5.8

Total
$
7,154

$
5,430

$
12,584

100.0
%
Acquired loans:
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
948

$
294

$
1,243

89.1
%
Criticized: (1)
 
 
 
 
Accrual
102

43

145

10.4

Nonaccrual

7

7

0.5

Total criticized
102

51

153

10.9

Total
$
1,050

$
345

$
1,395

100.0
%
 
(1)  
Includes special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss, which are consistent with regulatory definitions, and as described in Item 1, “Business,” under “Asset Quality Review” in our Annual Report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
(2)  
Criticized loans do not include $5 million related to a nonperforming loan classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2015, which was sold and for which we received the proceeds on April 2, 2015.


86


Borrower FICO scores provide information about the credit quality of our consumer loan portfolio as they provide an indication as to the likelihood that a debtor will repay their debts. The scores are obtained from a nationally recognized consumer rating agency and are presented in the table below at the dates indicated: 
 
Residential
real estate
Home equity
Indirect auto
Credit cards
Other
consumer
Total
Percent of
total
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated loans by refreshed FICO score:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over 700
$
1,880

$
1,553

$
1,552

$
206

$
168

$
5,359

78.9
%
660-700
128

184

345

51

45

752

11.1

620-660
55

77

162

24

25

344

5.0

580-620
33

35

68

10

12

158

2.3

Less than 580
35

37

74

8

13

167

2.5

No score (1)
6

2


2

1

11

0.2

Total
$
2,136

$
1,888

$
2,201

$
301

$
264

$
6,790

100.0
%
Acquired loans by refreshed FICO score:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over 700
$
809

$
821

$

$

$

$
1,630

72.5
%
660-700
93

95




188

8.4

620-660
58

50




107

4.8

580-620
53

38




91

4.0

Less than 580
60

35




95

4.2

No score (1)
121

17




139

6.1

Total
$
1,194

$
1,056

$

$

$

$
2,250

100.0
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originated loans by refreshed FICO score:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over 700
$
1,841

$
1,529

$
1,533

$
226

$
167

$
5,296

78.9
%
660-700
124

182

347

53

46

752

11.2

620-660
62

71

159

24

24

339

5.0

580-620
28

31

64

11

13

148

2.2

Less than 580
32

32

63

8

12

146

2.2

No score (1)
9

1


3

17

31

0.5

Total
$
2,096

$
1,847

$
2,166

$
324

$
278

$
6,711

100.0
%
Acquired loans by refreshed FICO score:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over 700
$
872

$
851

$

$

$

$
1,723

73.4
%
660-700
87

93




180

7.7

620-660
61

52




113

4.8

580-620
49

40




88

3.8

Less than 580
57

34




91

3.9

No score (1)
131

20




151

6.4

Total
$
1,257

$
1,089

$

$

$

$
2,347

100.0
%
 
(1)  
Primarily includes loans that are serviced by others for which refreshed FICO scores were not available as of the date indicated.

87


Troubled Debt Restructures
The following table details additional information about our TDRs at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Aggregate recorded investment of impaired loans with terms modified through a troubled debt restructuring:
 
 
Accruing interest
$
64

$
67

Nonaccrual
54

53

Total troubled debt restructurings (1)
$
119

$
120

(1)  
Includes 93 and 87 acquired loans that were restructured with a recorded investment of $4 million and $4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
The modifications made to loans classified as TDRs typically consist of an extension of the payment terms, providing for a period with interest-only payments with deferred principal payments, rate reduction, or loans restructured in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy. We generally do not forgive principal when restructuring loans.

88



The financial effects of our modifications are as follows for the periods indicated: 
Type of Concession
Count
Postmodification
recorded
investment (1)
Premodification
allowance for
loan losses
Postmodification
allowance for
loan losses
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
Commercial business
 
 
 
 
Rate reduction
2




Total commercial
2




Consumer:
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
 
 
 
 
Extension of term
7

1



Extension of term and rate reduction
4

1



Chapter 7 bankruptcy
5

1



Home equity
 
 
 
 
Extension of term
1




Extension of term and rate reduction
1




Chapter 7 Bankruptcy
23

1



Indirect auto
 
 
 
 
Chapter 7 Bankruptcy
53

1



Other consumer
 
 
 
 
Chapter 7 Bankruptcy
2




Total consumer
96

5



Total
98

$
5

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
Extension of term and rate reduction
1




Commercial business
 
 
 
 
Extension of term
2

3



Total commercial
3

3



Consumer:
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
 
 
 
 
Extension of term
2




Deferral of principal and extension of term
1




Extension of term and rate reduction
4




Chapter 7 Bankruptcy
8

1



Home equity
 
 
 
 
Deferral of principal and extension of term
2




Chapter 7 Bankruptcy
33

1



Indirect auto
 
 
 
 
Chapter 7 Bankruptcy
86

1



Total consumer
136

4



Total
139

$
7

$

$

(1) Postmodification balances approximate premodification balances. The aggregate amount of charge-offs as a result of the restructurings was not significant.
 
 
 
 
 

89


The recorded investment in loans modified as TDRs within 12 months of the balance sheet date and for which there was a payment default was not significant for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Residential Mortgage Banking
The following table provides information about our residential mortgage banking activities at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
 
2015
2014
Mortgages serviced for others
$
3,869

$
3,713

Mortgage servicing asset recorded for loans serviced for others, net
37

36

Note 3. Goodwill
The following table shows information regarding our goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014. There was no activity in our goodwill during the three months ended March 31, 2015 .
 
Banking
Financial
services
Consolidated
total
Balances at January 1, 2014
$
2,381

$
68

$
2,449

Acquisitions

1

1

Impairment
(1,100
)

(1,100
)
Balances at December 31, 2014
$
1,281

$
69

$
1,350

 
 
 
 
We perform our annual impairment test of goodwill on November 1st of each year or more often if events or circumstances have changed significantly from the annual test date.
For the period ending September 30, 2014, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of our Banking reporting unit was less than its carrying value including goodwill, given our current expectations regarding the macroeconomic and industry environment, including our view of future interest rates and our current stock price range. Accordingly, we performed a Step 1 review for possible goodwill impairment in advance of our annual impairment testing date.
Under Step 1 of the goodwill impairment review, we calculated the fair value of the Banking reporting unit using a market approach, and compared the fair value to carrying value to identify potential impairment. Under Step 1, we determined that the carrying value of our Banking reporting unit exceeded its fair value. For Step 2, we compared the implied fair value of the Banking reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill for the Banking reporting unit.
Based on our assessments under both Steps 1 and 2, we have recorded an impairment of our Banking reporting unit goodwill of $1.1 billion during the quarter ended September 30, 2014. When we performed our annual goodwill impairment assessment as of November 1, 2014, we concluded that our goodwill balance was not impaired.
Note 4. Derivative Financial Instruments
We are a party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business to manage our own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and to meet the needs of our customers. These financial instruments have been limited to interest rate swap agreements, which are entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and, where appropriate, contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the party at risk. We believe that the credit risk inherent in all of our derivative contracts is minimal based on our credit standards and the netting and collateral provisions of the interest rate swap agreements.

90


Our derivative positions include both instruments that are designated as hedging instruments and instruments that are customer related and not designated in hedging relationships. The following table presents information regarding our derivative financial instruments at the dates indicated:
 
Asset derivatives
 
Liability derivatives
 
Notional
amount
Fair value   (1)
 
Notional
amount
Fair value   (2)
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements
$
3

$

 
$
230

$
4

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements
3,830

138

 
3,836

139

Total derivatives
$
3,833

$
138

 
$
4,065

$
142

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements
$
4

$

 
$
30

$
2

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements
3,629

96

 
3,649

96

Total derivatives
$
3,633

$
96

 
$
3,679

$
97

 
(1)  
Represents gross amounts, included in Other Assets in our Consolidated Statements of Condition.
(2)  
Represents gross amounts, included in Other Liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Condition.
At March 31, 2015 , all of our interest rate swaps for which we had master netting positions with the counterparty were in a liability position. Accordingly, there was no offsetting in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at March 31, 2015 . Interest rate swaps for which we had master netting arrangements with the counterparty at December 31, 2014 were in a net liability position $93 million . We offset $96 million of liabilities with $3 million of assets in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at December 31, 2014 related to these interest rate swaps and we did not include any cash collateral in the netting. We posted collateral for liability positions with a fair value of $227 million and $130 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Derivatives designated in hedging relationships
We designate interest rate swap agreements used to manage changes in the fair value of loans due to interest rate changes as fair value hedges. We have designated the risk of changes in the fair value of loans attributable to changes in the benchmark rate as the hedged risk. Accordingly, changes to the fair value of the hedged items attributable to a change in credit risk are excluded from our assessment of hedge effectiveness. The change in fair value of the derivatives, including both the effective and ineffective portions, is recognized in earnings and, so long as our fair value hedging relationships remain highly effective, such change is offset by the gain or loss due to the change in fair value of the loans attributable to the hedged risk. The net impact of the fair value hedging relationships on net income was not significant for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 .
We have entered into forward starting interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to variability in interest-related cash outflows attributable to changes in forecasted LIBOR based borrowings. These derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedges. We have designated the risk of changes in the amount of interest payment cash flows to be made during the term of the borrowings attributable to changes in the benchmark rate as the hedged risk. Accordingly, changes to the amount of interest payment cash flows for the hedged transactions attributable to a change in credit risk are excluded from our assessment of hedge effectiveness. Our interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges have maturities that correspond to the maturity of the forecasted hedged borrowing. Any gain or loss associated with the effective portion of our cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged forecasted transactions affects earnings. Any gain or loss associated with the ineffective portion of our cash flow hedges, including ineffectiveness, is recognized immediately in earnings. At March 31, 2015 , there was a $1 million loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to these swaps.

91


At March 31, 2015 , there was a $5 million loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to borrowings that were previously hedged using interest rate swaps that were classified as cash flow hedges. This amount will be reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged borrowings as an adjustment of yield.
The following table presents certain information about amounts recognized for our derivative financial instruments designated in cash flow hedging relationships for the periods indicated.
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
Cash Flow Hedges
2015
 
2014
 
Interest rate swap agreements:
 
 
 
 
Amount of (loss) gain on derivatives recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax
$
(1
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated in hedging relationships
In addition to our derivatives designated in hedging relationships, we act as an interest rate swap counterparty for certain commercial borrowers in the normal course of servicing our customers, which are accounted for at fair value. We manage our exposure to such interest rate swaps by entering into corresponding and offsetting interest rate swaps with third parties that mirror the terms of the interest rate swaps we have with the commercial borrowers. These positions (referred to as “customer swaps”) directly offset each other and our exposure is the positive fair value of the derivatives due to changes in credit risk of our commercial borrowers and third parties. We recognized revenue for this service that we provide our customers of $3 million and $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, included in Capital Markets income in our Consolidated Statements of Income.

92


Note 5. Earnings Per Share
The following table is a computation of our basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method for the periods indicated:
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2015
2014
Net income available to common stockholders
$
44

$
53

Less income allocable to unvested restricted stock awards


Net income allocable to common stockholders
$
44

$
52

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
Total shares issued
366

366

Unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares

(2
)
Unvested restricted stock awards
(3
)
(2
)
Treasury shares
(13
)
(12
)
Total basic weighted average common shares outstanding
351

350

Effect of dilutive stock-based awards
2

2

Total diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
353

351

Basic earnings per common share
$
0.12

$
0.15

Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.12

$
0.15

Anti-dilutive stock-based awards excluded from the diluted weighted average common share calculations
11

11

Note 6. Other Comprehensive income
The following table presents the activity in our Other Comprehensive Income for the periods indicated:
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
Pretax
Income 
taxes
Net
 
2015
 
 
 
 
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized holding gains arising during the period
$
26

$
10

$
16

 
Net unrealized holding gains on securities transferred between available for sale and held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net unrealized holding gains to income during the period
(2
)
(1
)
(2
)
(1)  
Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized losses arising during the period
(2
)
(1
)
(1
)
 
Net unrealized losses on interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges
(1
)
(1
)
(1
)
 
Amortization of net loss related to pension and post-retirement plans
1


1

 
Total other comprehensive income
$
23

$
8

$
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year
$
14

$
5

$
9

 
Net unrealized holding gains on securities transferred between available for sale and held to maturity:
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net unrealized holding gains to income during the year
(3
)
(1
)
(2
)
(1)  
Total other comprehensive income
$
11

$
4

$
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Included in Interest income on investment securities and other in our Consolidated Statements of Income.

93


The following table presents the activity in our accumulated other comprehensive income for the periods indicated:
 
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale
Net unrealized gains (losses) on
securities transferred from
available for sale to
held to maturity
Unrealized loss on 
interest rate
swaps designated as
cash flow hedges
Pension and postretirement plans
Total
Balance, January 1, 2015
$
52

$
12

$
(5
)
$
(51
)
$
9

Period change, net of tax
16

(2
)
(1
)
1

15

Balance, March 31, 2015
$
68

$
11

$
(6
)
$
(50
)
$
23

Balance, January 1, 2014
$
64

$
20

$
(6
)
$
(16
)
$
62

Period change, net of tax
9

(2
)


7

Balance, March 31, 2014
$
73

$
18

$
(5
)
$
(16
)
$
69

During the next twelve months, we expect to reclassify $1 million of pre-tax net loss on previous cash flow hedges from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings.
Note 7. Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Current accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the transparency of inputs participants use to price an asset or liability. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes these inputs into the following three levels:
Level 1 Inputs —Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are available at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs —Inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.), or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data through correlation or other means.
Level 3 Inputs —Unobservable inputs for determining the fair value of the asset or liability and are based on the entity’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use to price the asset or liability.
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While we believe our valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Securities Available for Sale
The fair value estimates of available for sale securities are based on quoted market prices of identical securities, where available (Level 1). However, as quoted prices of identical securities are not often available, the fair value estimate for almost our entire investment portfolio is based on quoted market prices of similar securities, adjusted for differences between the securities (Level 2). Adjustments may include amounts to reflect differences in

94


underlying collateral, interest rates, estimated prepayment speeds, and counterparty credit quality. Where sufficient information is not available from the pricing services to produce a reliable valuation, we estimate fair value based on either broker quotes or internally developed models. We determine the fair value using third party pricing services, including brokers. As of March 31, 2015 , none of our investment securities were priced utilizing broker quotes. For details regarding our pricing process and sources, refer to Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Income-Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”
Loans held for sale
We have elected the fair value option for certain residential real estate loans held for sale as we believe the fair value measurement of such loans reduces certain timing differences in our Statement of Income and better aligns with our management of the portfolio from a business perspective. This election is made at the time of origination, on a loan by loan basis, and is irrevocable. The secondary market for securities backed by similar loan types is actively traded, which provides readily observable market pricing to be used as input for the estimate for the fair value of our loans. Accordingly, we have classified this fair value measurement as Level 2. Interest income on these loans is recognized in Interest Income—Loans and Leases in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
The table below presents information about our loans held for sale for which we elected the fair value option at the dates indicated: 
 
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Fair value carrying amount
$
40

$
35

Aggregate unpaid principal balance
39

34

Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal balance
$
1

$
1

Additionally, included in loans held for sale on our Consolidated Statements of Condition are $8 million and $5 million of commercial loans held for sale that are carried at the lower of cost or market at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
Derivatives
We obtain fair value measurements of our interest rate swaps from a third party. The fair value measurements are determined using a market standard methodology of netting discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). Variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves. Credit valuation adjustments are incorporated to appropriately reflect our nonperformance risk as well as the counterparty’s nonperformance risk. The impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as bilateral collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees are also considered in the fair value measurement.
The fair value of our interest rate swaps was estimated using primarily Level 2 inputs. However, Level 3 inputs were used to determine credit valuation adjustments, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default. We have determined that the impact of these credit valuation adjustments was not significant to the overall valuation of our interest rate swaps. Therefore, we have classified the entire fair value of our interest rate swaps in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

95


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following tables summarize our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at the dates indicated:
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
States and political subdivisions
$
435

$

$
435

$

U.S. Treasury
55

55



U.S. government sponsored enterprises
275


275


Corporate
833


829

4

Total debt securities
1,599

55

1,539

4

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
33


33


Federal National Mortgage Association
94


94


Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
112


112


Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 
 
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
668


668


Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
337


337


Total collateralized mortgage obligations
1,006


1,006


Total residential mortgage-backed securities
1,244


1,244


Commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency issued
1,397


1,397


Total mortgage-backed securities
2,641


2,641


Collateralized loan obligations, non-agency issued
1,146


1,146


Asset-backed securities collateralized by:
 
 
 
 
Student loans
230


230


Credit cards
43


43


Auto loans
149


149


Other
83


83


Total asset-backed securities
504


504


Other
22

21

1


Total securities available for sale
5,911

77

5,830

4

Loans held for sale  (1)
40


40


Derivatives
138


138


Total assets
$
6,090

$
77

$
6,008

$
4

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivatives
$
142

$

$
142

$

 
(1)  
Represents loans for which we have elected the fair value option.

96


 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
States and political subdivisions
$
453

$

$
453

$

U.S. Treasury
25

25



U.S. government sponsored enterprises
191


191


Corporate
823


818

4

Total debt securities
1,492

25

1,463

4

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Government National Mortgage Association
34


34


Federal National Mortgage Association
100


100


Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
120


120


Collateralized mortgage obligations:
 
 
 
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
682


682


Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
350


350


Total collateralized mortgage obligations
1,032


1,032


Total residential mortgage-backed securities
1,286


1,286


Commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency issued
1,500


1,500


Total mortgage-backed securities
2,786


2,786


Collateralized loan obligations, non-agency issued
1,016


1,016


Asset-backed securities collateralized by:
 
 
 
 
Student loans
235


235


Credit cards
42


42


Auto loans
194


194


Other
127


127


Total asset-backed securities
599


599


Other
22

21

1


Total securities available for sale
5,915

47

5,865

4

Loans held for sale (1)
35


35


Derivatives
93


93


Total assets
$
6,043

$
47

$
5,993

$
4

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivatives
$
94

$

$
94

$

 
(1)  
Represents loans for which we have elected the fair value option.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for the periods indicated:
 
Fair Value Measurements
Total gains
 
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(losses)
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral dependent impaired loans
$
18

$

$
9

$
9

$
(2
)
Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral dependent impaired loans
$
26

$

$
20

$
6

$
(2
)

97


Collateral Dependent Impaired Loans
We record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to the carrying value of collateral dependent impaired loans when establishing the allowance for loan losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan less estimated costs to sell the collateral. When the fair value of such collateral, less costs to sell, is less than the carrying value of the loan, a specific allowance or charge off is recorded through a provision for credit losses. Real estate collateral is typically valued using independent appraisals that we review for acceptability, or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace and the related nonrecurring fair value measurements have been classified as Level 2. Under certain circumstances significant adjustments may be made to the appraised value due to the lack of direct marketplace information. Such adjustments are made as determined necessary in the judgment of our experienced senior credit officers to reflect current market conditions and current operating results for the specific collateral. When the fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans is based on appraisals containing significant adjustments, such collateral dependent impaired loans are classified as Level 3. We obtain new appraisals from an approved appraiser, in accordance with Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines and internal policy. Appraisals or evaluations for assets securing substandard rated loans are usually completed within 90 days of the downgrade. An appraisal may be obtained more frequently when volatile or unusual market conditions exist that could affect the ultimate realization of the value of the real estate collateral.
During the three months ended March 31, 2015 , we recorded an increase of $2 million to our specific allowance as a result of adjusting the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent impaired loans to $18 million at March 31, 2015 , which is included in our provision for credit losses. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 we recorded an increase of $2 million to our specific allowance as a result of adjusting the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent impaired loans to $26 million at March 31, 2014 , which is included in our provision for credit losses.
Level 3 Assets
Due to the lack of observable market data, we have classified our trust preferred securities, which are included in corporate debt securities and amounted to $4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. There no changes in our trust preferred securities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 . As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the fair values of our trust preferred securities are based upon third party pricing without adjustment.
 
 
 


98


Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments, including those that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis, at the dates indicated are as follows: 
 
March 31, 2015
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Carrying value
Estimated fair
value
Fair value
level
 
Carrying value
Estimated fair
value
Fair value
level
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
388

$
388

1

 
 
$
420

$
420

1

 
Investment securities available for sale
5,911

5,911

1,2,3

(1)  
 
5,915

5,915

1,2,3

(1)  
Investment securities held to maturity
6,215

6,302

2

 
 
5,942

5,964

2

 
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank common stock
375

375

2

 
 
412

412

2

 
Loans held for sale
49

49

2

 
 
40

40

2

 
Loans and leases, net
22,887

23,167

2,3

(2)  
 
22,803

23,037

2,3

(2)  
Derivatives
138

138

2

 
 
93

93

2

 
Accrued interest receivable
105

105

2

 
 
101

101

2

 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
28,250

$
28,265

2

 
 
$
27,781

$
27,793

2

 
Borrowings
5,973

5,985

2

 
 
6,206

6,215

2

 
Derivatives
142

142

2

 
 
94

94

2

 
Accrued interest payable
12

12

2

 
 
11

11

2

 
 
(1)  
For a detailed breakout of our investment securities available for sale, refer to our table of recurring fair value measurements.
(2)  
Loans and leases classified as level 2 are made up of $9 million and $10 million of collateral dependent impaired loans without significant adjustments made to appraised values at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. All other loans and leases are classified as level 3.
Our fair value estimates are based on our existing on and off balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of any anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on our fair value estimates and have not been considered in these estimates.
Our fair value estimates are made as of the dates indicated, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments, including our judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in our assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Our fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for each type of financial instrument. The method of estimating the fair value of the financial instruments disclosed in the table above does not necessarily incorporate the exit price concept used to record financial instruments at fair value in our Consolidated Statements of Condition or when measuring goodwill for impairment.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because these instruments have original maturities of three months or less.

99


Investment Securities
The fair value estimates of securities are based on quoted market prices of identical securities, where available. However, as quoted prices of identical securities are not often available, the fair value estimate for almost our entire investment portfolio is based on quoted market prices of similar securities, adjusted for differences between the securities. Adjustments may include amounts to reflect differences in underlying collateral, interest rates, estimated prepayment speeds, and counterparty credit quality.
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Common Stock
The carrying value of our Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank common stock, which are non-marketable equity investments, approximates fair value.
Loans and Leases
Our variable rate loans reprice as the associated rate index changes. The calculation of fair value for our variable rate loans is driven by the comparison between the loan’s margin and the prevailing margin observed in the market at the time of the valuation. Any caps and floors embedded in the loan’s pricing structure are also incorporated into the fair value. We calculated the fair value of our fixed-rate loans and leases by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using credit adjusted period end origination rates. Our estimate of maturity is based on the contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment estimates based on current economic and lending conditions.
Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable
The carrying value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates fair value.
Deposits
The fair value of our deposits with no stated maturity, such as savings and checking, as well as mortgagors’ payments held in escrow, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of our certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, using the period end rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Borrowings
The fair value of our borrowings is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using period end market rates for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.
Commitments
The fair value of our commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees are not included in the above table as the carrying value generally approximates fair value. These instruments generate fees that approximate those currently charged to originate similar commitments.

100


Note 8. Segment Information
We have two business segments: banking and financial services. The banking segment includes all of our retail and commercial banking operations. The financial services segment includes our insurance operations. Substantially all of our assets relate to the banking segment. Transactions between our banking and financial services segments are eliminated in consolidation. Selected financial information for our segments follows for the periods indicated: 
 
Banking
Financial
services
Consolidated
total
Three months ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
263

$

$
263

Provision for credit losses
13


13

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
250


250

Noninterest income
67

16

82

Amortization of intangibles
6

1

6

Other noninterest expense
241

13

255

Income before income taxes
70

2

71

Income tax expense
19

1

20

Net income
$
50

$
1

$
51

Three months ended March 31, 2014
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
271

$

$
271

Provision for credit losses
24


24

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
247


247

Noninterest income
61

16

77

Amortization of intangibles
7

1

8

Other noninterest expense
227

14

241

Income before income taxes
74

1

75

Income tax expense
14


15

Net income
$
60

$
1

$
60


101


Note 9. Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements
The following condensed statements of condition, the related condensed statements of income, and cash flows should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes:
Condensed Statements of Condition
March 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
Assets:
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
383

$
383

Investment in subsidiary
4,420

4,388

Deferred taxes
30

32

Other assets
14

13

Total assets
$
4,847

$
4,815

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
 

 

Accounts payable and other liabilities
$
11

$
12

Borrowings
711

710

Stockholders’ equity
4,125

4,093

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
4,847

$
4,815


 
Three months ended March 31,
Condensed Statements of Income
2015
2014
Interest income
$

$

Dividends received from subsidiary

40

Total interest and dividend income

40

Interest expense
12

11

Net interest income
(12
)
29

Noninterest income

1

Noninterest expense
5

7

(Loss) income before income taxes and undisbursed income of subsidiary
(17
)
23

Income tax benefit
(7
)
(6
)
(Loss) income before undisbursed income of subsidiary
(11
)
29

Undisbursed income of subsidiary
62

30

Net income
51

59

Preferred stock dividend
8

8

Net income available to common stockholders
$
44

$
52

 
 
 
Net income
$
51

$
59

Other comprehensive income (1)
15

7

Total comprehensive income
$
66

$
66

(1)  
See Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for other comprehensive income detail.

102


 
Three months ended March 31,
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
2015
2014
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
Net income
$
51

$
59

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
Undisbursed income of subsidiaries
(62
)
(30
)
Stock-based compensation expense
2

2

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
(2
)
2

Decrease (increase) in other assets
2

(4
)
Decrease in other liabilities
(1
)
(1
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(9
)
29

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

2

Net cash provided by investing activities

2

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
Return of capital from subsidiary
45


Dividends paid on preferred stock
(8
)
(8
)
Dividends paid on common stock
(28
)
(28
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
9

(36
)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

(4
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
383

390

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
383

$
386


ITEM 3.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
A discussion regarding our management of market risk is included in the section entitled “Interest Rate and Market Risk” included within Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.
ITEM 4.
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, we carried out an evaluation as of March 31, 2015 under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of March 31, 2015 as a result of the material weakness that exists in our internal control over financial reporting as previously described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Previously Identified Material Weakness
As of December 31, 2014, Management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective due to the material weakness related to the process for determining the allowance for loan losses (the "allowance"). We determined that our allowance was overstated for the second, third and fourth quarters of 2013 and the first three quarters of 2014. The errors were due to the misconduct of a mid-level employee and, to a lesser extent, by errors related to certain data, model adjustments and calculations detected in 2015. The employee was responsible for preparing the information used by our Chief Credit Officer in determining the allowance each quarter that is then subject to review and approval by our Allowance Committee. The allowance information the employee prepared and presented to our Chief Credit Officer and the Allowance Committee for

103

Table of Contents

the relevant periods was not based on the models and judgmental processes as required under the Company’s internal procedures, which are designed to comply with GAAP and regulatory requirements. The employee has been terminated. Although we have determined that the resulting errors in the allowance for the specified periods were not material with regard to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole for those periods, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2014 due to the material weakness described below.
A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a timely manner.
Based on its evaluation of internal control over financial reporting considering the foregoing, Management has concluded that it did not design and maintain effective control with respect to: (1) segregation of duties among and between the individuals responsible for the determination of the allowance, the control operators responsible for validating that the allowance was determined and documented in accordance with the required policies and procedures, and the monitoring control that consists of management self testing over the key Sarbanes-Oxley allowance process controls, and (2) general computing controls were not designed and operating effectively to ensure that access to applications and data, and the ability to make program changes to the models used in the determination of the allowance were adequately restricted to the appropriate personnel and that the activities of the individuals with access to modify output and make program changes were appropriately monitored.
In response, we have added compensating controls over our processes to calculate the amounts used to determine the appropriate allowance for loan losses for the period ended March 31, 2015 .
Further, in 2015, Management is making changes to its internal controls that include: (1) better segregating the roles and responsibilities of its reconciliation, review and monitoring control consisting of management self testing of the key Sarbanes-Oxley controls over the determination and documentation of the allowance, and (2) establishing improved general computing controls that restrict access to applications and data, and the ability to make program changes to the models used in the determination of the allowance to the appropriate personnel and to ensure that the activities of individuals with access to modify output and make program changes are appropriately monitored. We will continue to monitor the efficacy of these and other control improvements. Management believes that these changes, when fully implemented, will be effective in remediating the material weakness.
Except for those referenced in the prior paragraph, there have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2015 .

104

Table of Contents

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1.
Legal Proceedings
The nature of our business ordinarily results in a variety of pending as well as threatened legal proceedings, in the form of regulatory/governmental investigations as well as private, civil litigation and arbitration proceedings. The private, civil litigations range from individual actions involving a single plaintiff to putative class action lawsuits with potentially thousands of class members. Investigations involve both formal and informal proceedings, by both government agencies and self-regulatory bodies. The legal proceedings are at varying stages of adjudication, arbitration or investigation and involve a variety of claims.
On at least a quarterly basis, we assess our liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. Where it is probable that we will incur a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we record a liability in our consolidated financial statements. These reserves may be increased or decreased to reflect any relevant developments on a quarterly basis. Where a loss is not probable or the amount of the loss is not estimable, we have not accrued reserves, consistent with applicable accounting guidance.
Based on information currently available to us, and on advice of counsel, management does not believe that judgments or settlements arising from pending or threatened legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. We note, however, that the outcomes of these proceedings are often unpredictable and the actual results of these proceedings, including their impact on the Company, cannot be determined with precision or at all. As a result, the outcome of a particular proceeding or a combination of proceedings, whether pending or threatened, may be material to our results of operations or cash flow for a particular period, depending upon our results for the period when the matter is resolved or its impact otherwise occurs.
ITEM 1A.
Risk Factors
There are no material changes to the risk factors as previously discussed in Item 1A to Part I of our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 2.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
a)
Not applicable.
b)
Not applicable.
c)
We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the first quarter of 2015 .
ITEM 3.
Defaults Upon Senior Securities
Not applicable.
ITEM 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
ITEM 5.
Other Information
(a)    Not applicable.
(b)    Not applicable.

105

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.
Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed herewith: 
Exhibits
  
10.1
Form of Executive Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for CEO
10.2
Form of Executive Time-vested Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for CEO
10.3
Form of Executive Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers other than CEO)
10.4
Form of Executive Time-vested Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers other than CEO)
12
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
31.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101
Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail


106

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. 
 
 
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
Date: May 4, 2015
By:
/s/ Gary M. Crosby
 
 
Gary M. Crosby
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
Date: May 4, 2015
By:
/s/ Gregory W. Norwood
 
 
Gregory W. Norwood
 
 
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)

107




Exhibit 10.1

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Granted by

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

under the

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ” or this “ Agreement ”) is hereby made subject to the provisions of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (including its Subsidiaries where applicable, the “ Company ”), which provisions are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. A copy of the Plan has been provided to the holder of this Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Participant ”), and the Participant hereby accepts this Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees that all decisions under and interpretations of the Plan and this Agreement by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, capitalized terms used herein but not defined will have the meaning given such terms in the Plan. The term “ Stock ” shall refer to the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.
The number of shares of Stock (or share determination formula) under this Restricted Stock Unit Award is set forth in the award notice or email (the “ Award Notice ”) sent to the Participant that sets forth the grant of this Restricted Stock Unit Award and the terms thereof, and such Award Notice is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. This Restricted Stock Unit Award is described in the Award Notice as “Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units.” For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Grant Date ” shall mean the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award was granted to the Participant, as set forth in the Award Notice sent to the Participant. In addition, “ Performance Period ” shall mean the three-year period set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
1.
     Vesting Schedule .
Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to the Participant’s continued Service with the Company through the applicable vesting date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award or portion thereof shall vest upon the certification by the Committee after the end of the Performance Period of the level of achievement of the performance goals set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Performance Goals ”) for the Performance Period.
2.      Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award .
The Restricted Stock Unit Award will be in the form of a bookkeeping entry denominated in the number of shares of Stock subject to this Restricted Stock Unit Award, pending the vesting or forfeiture of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.

1



3.
Terms and Conditions .
(a)
Voting . The Participant will not have the right to vote the shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award unless and until the issuance to the Participant of the underlying shares of Stock that have vested pursuant to Section 1 or Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement.
(b)
Dividend Equivalents . No dividend equivalents will be distributed or paid to the Participant.
( c)
Payment . Except as otherwise provided by Section 4 of this Agreement, payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award that vest pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement, shall be made in shares of Stock in the year following the year in which the Performance Period ends.
(d)
Withholding .
(i)
The Participant shall have the right to direct the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of the federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld upon the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award by withholding a number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
(ii)
In the event that the Participant does not make other arrangements with the Company for the payment of the minimum amount of federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld prior to or at the time of the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, then the Company shall have the right to withhold the number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
4.      Effect of Certain Events .
(a)
Death or Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability, the Performance Goals will be deemed satisfied at target and this Restricted Stock Unit Award will become fully vested for the target number of shares of Stock, and shall be paid in shares of Stock no later than the later of the end of the year in which the Termination of Service occurs and the 15th day of the third month following the date of the Termination of Service, and neither the Participant nor the Participant’s beneficiaries or heirs shall be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the year of payment.
(b)
Retirement . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to Retirement at any time following the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will continue to vest without regard to the Participant’s continued employment, and shall become vested after the end of the Performance Period to the extent of the achievement of the Performance Goals pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, as certified by the Committee, and shall be paid in Shares of Stock in the year following the year in which the Performance Period ends. In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to Retirement on or before the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire

2



and be forfeited, regardless of whether the Performance Goals pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement are achieved.
(c)
Change in Control . If the Participant is covered by the First Niagara Bank Executive Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended, or successor plan or agreement thereto covering the Participant (the “ Executive CIC Plan ”), on the date of the Termination of Service, then the terms of such Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service shall apply to this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(d)
Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if the Participant’s Service has been terminated for Cause, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
(e)
Other Termination . Except as otherwise provided by this Section 4, and except as otherwise provided by the Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service, upon the Termination of Service of the Participant, any unvested shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
5.      Covenants .
(a)
Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise and so advises the Participant in a signed writing, the Participant agrees to comply with this Section 5 while employed by the Company and for the one-year period (an unlimited period for the covenant set forth in Section 5(d) below) immediately following the Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company, regardless of the reason for such Termination of Service.
(b)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, solicit, call on, do business with, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any person or entity that the Participant should reasonably know (i) is a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary for which the Company or any Subsidiary provides any services as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (ii) was a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary for which the Company or any Subsidiary provided any services at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (iii) was, as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, considering retention of the Company or any Subsidiary to provide any services.
(c)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, employ, or offer to employ, call on, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the Participant assist any other person in such activities.
(d)
During the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, and thereafter regardless of the reason for the Termination of Service, the Participant will not disclose or use in any way any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of such employment, all of which is the exclusive and valuable property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not conceived of or prepared by the Participant,

3



other than: (i) information generally known to the public; (ii) as required in the course of employment by the Company or Subsidiary; (iii) as required by any court, supervisory authority, administrative agency or applicable law; or (iv) with the prior written consent of the Compensation Committee or its designee.
(e)
Upon any breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall automatically and immediately terminate and become null and void. In addition, Participant agrees and acknowledges that a breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 will cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm, and that the Company and its Subsidiaries will therefore be entitled to issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining the Participant, and each and every person and entity acting in concert or participating with the Participant, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach. Participant further understands and agrees that for the purpose of fashioning an appropriate injunctive remedy, the time period of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall be extended by any time period the Participant is found to be in breach of said covenants. In the event any of this Section 5 is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because unreasonable either as to length of time or area to which said restriction applies, it is the intent of the Participant and the Company and its Subsidiaries that said court reduce and reform the provisions thereof so as to apply to the greatest limitations considered enforceable by the court.
6.      Miscellaneous.
(a)
Delivery of shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with all applicable laws (including, the requirements of the Securities Act), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.
(b)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be adjusted upon the occurrence of the events specified in Section 3.3 of the Plan.
(c)
This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Participant.
(d)
Prior to vesting, this Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, encumbered, hypothecated or otherwise transferred except in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.
(e)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(f)
The granting of this Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in the Service of the Company or any Subsidiary.
(g)
In the event of any conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.
(h)
The Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment pursuant to Section 7.17 of the Plan.
(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in order to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any

4



regulations promulgated, or national securities exchange listing conditions adopted, with respect thereto (collectively, the “ Clawback Requirements ”), if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, then the Participant shall return to the Company, or forfeit if not yet paid, the shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare the accounting restatement, based on the erroneous data, in excess of the number of shares that would have vested based on the accounting restatement, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the Clawback Requirements and any policy adopted by the Committee pursuant to the Clawback Requirements.
(j)
Any actions by the Company under this Agreement or the Plan must comply with the law, including regulations and other interpretive action, of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or other entities that supervise any of the activities of the Company. Specifically, any payments to the Participant by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, the Plan or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
(k)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to all laws, regulations and orders of any governmental authority which may be applicable thereto and, notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Stock hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any such law, regulation or order or any provision thereof.
(l)
The Committee will have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.
(m)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations promulgated and other official guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistent with such intention. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the Participant is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, any payment to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement that is required to be delayed by six-months by Section 409A shall instead be made on the first day of the month following the expiration of such six-month period.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has executed this Agreement effective as of the Grant Date.
 
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kate White
 
 
Kate White, EVP, Managing Director
 
 
of Human Resources and Corporate Communications
 

5




EXHIBIT A
PERFORMANCE GOALS
DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR VESTING
Performance Period: January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2017.
Performance-based restricted shares will have a three-year cliff vest based on FNFG’s total shareholder return (TSR) performance relative to an industry index, using the definitions set forth below:
Definitions:
3-year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) reflects the rate of return reflecting price appreciation plus reinvestment of dividends calculated as follows: (Ending stock price - Beginning stock price + Dividends paid) / Beginning stock price. To minimize the effect of a single day’s stock price influencing the TSR calculation, the Company will calculate TSR using an average of the adjusted closing stock price values for the month of December 2014 (prior to the beginning of the 2015 Performance Period) and adjusted closing stock price values for the month of December 2017 (end of the 2015 Performance Period). The source of the adjusted stock price and dividends will be SNL, and if SNL is not available, Yahoo Finance.
Industry Comparator Group refl e cts th e SNL Mid-Cap Bank Index (excluding OTCBB and Pink Sheets traded companies). Banks in this group include $1 Billion to $5 Billion Total Common Market Capitalization. Index component companies will be determined after December 31, 2017. To minimize the concern of survivor bias, the Company will compare the component company list as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2017 and include all companies in both lists. If the Index includes failed banks and those banks’ performance information cannot be obtained, the failed banks will remain listed at the bottom of the group and will be included in the ranking calculation.
PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD DETERMINATION
Following publication of industry peer performance results after the end of the performance period (i.e., December 31, 2017 for the 2015 grants), the Company’s performance relative to the index will be calculated.
Performance level and earned amounts will be determined and shares will vest accordingly. Assuming a minimum threshold performance is achieved, 50% of target awards will be vested. Once threshold performance is achieved, actual awards will be interpolated between 50% - 150% of target to reward for incremental performance relative to the industry comparison group.
Measure
Payout Range
< Threshold
< 35 th  percentile
Threshold
35 th  percentile
Target
50 th  percentile
Stretch
75 th  percentile and above
Relative 3-year TSR
(i.e., percentile rank)
0%
50%
100%
150%
Additional modifier: if TSR is negative (even if above the 35 th percentile), the payout will not exceed threshold payout level in aggregate (e.g., 50% of target).


6


Exhibit 10.2


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Granted by

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

under the

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ” or this “ Agreement ”) is hereby made subject to the provisions of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (including its Subsidiaries where applicable, the “ Company ”), which provisions are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. A copy of the Plan has been provided to the holder of this Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Participant ”), and the Participant hereby accepts this Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees that all decisions under and interpretations of the Plan and this Agreement by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, capitalized terms used herein but not defined will have the meaning given such terms in the Plan. The term “ Stock ” shall refer to the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.
The number of shares of Stock (or share determination formula) under this Restricted Stock Unit Award is set forth in the award notice or email (the “ Award Notice ”) sent to the Participant that sets forth the grant of this Restricted Stock Unit Award and the terms thereof, and such Award Notice is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. This Restricted Stock Unit Award is described in the Award Notice as “Time-Based Restricted Stock Units.” For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Grant Date ” shall mean the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award was granted to the Participant, as set forth in the Award Notice sent to the Participant.
1.
     Vesting Schedule .
Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to the Participant’s continued Service with the Company through the applicable vesting date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall vest as follows:
Step One : If the Company’s Net Operating Income for 2015 is $75 million or greater, as certified by the Committee, then the total number of shares of Stock covered by this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall become subject to the vesting schedule set forth in Step Two below, such that this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be treated as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). If the Company’s Net Operating Income for 2015 is less than $75 million, then the total number of shares of Stock covered by this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be forfeited. “ Net Operating Income ” has the meaning given such term in the Company’s Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
Step Two : If the Company’s Net Operating Income for 2015 is $75 million or greater, as certified by the Committee, then this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall become vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (i.e., three-year cliff vesting).

1



2.      Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award .
The Restricted Stock Unit Award will be in the form of a bookkeeping entry denominated in the number of shares of Stock subject to this Restricted Stock Unit Award, pending the vesting or forfeiture of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
3.
Terms and Conditions .
(a)
Voting . The Participant will not have the right to vote the shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award unless and until the issuance to the Participant of the underlying shares of Stock that have vested pursuant to Section 1 or Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement.
(b)
Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents in an amount equal to any cash dividends declared and paid with respect to the shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Dividend Equivalents ”) on the applicable dividend payment date will be distributed and paid to the Participant as soon as practicable after the applicable dividend payment date, but no later than the end of the calendar year in which the applicable dividend payment date occurs.
(c)
Payment . Except as otherwise provided by Section 4 of this Agreement, payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award that vest pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement, shall be made in shares of Stock no later than the end of the year in which this Restricted Stock Unit Award vests pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement.
(d)
Withholding .
(i)
The Participant shall have the right to direct the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of the federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld upon the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award by withholding a number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
(ii)
In the event that the Participant does not make other arrangements with the Company for the payment of the minimum amount of federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld prior to or at the time of the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, then the Company shall have the right to withhold the number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
(iii)
In the event that the Participant becomes subject to federal, state or local taxes on this Restricted Stock Unit Award before the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award is paid, the Company shall accelerate the vesting and payment of and shall withhold the number of shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award (based on the Fair Market Value on the date this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be

2



withheld, including the payment of federal, state or local taxes on the payment pursuant to this Section 3(d)(iii).
4.      Effect of Certain Events .
(a)
Death or Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will become fully vested, and shall be paid in shares of Stock no later than the later of the end of the year in which the Termination of Service occurs and the 15th day of the third month following the date of the Termination of Service, and neither the Participant nor the Participant’s beneficiaries or heirs shall be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the year of payment.
(b)
Retirement . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to Retirement at any time following the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will continue to vest without regard to the Participant’s continued employment so long as the performance requirement set forth in Step One of Section 1 of this Agreement is satisfied and certified by the Committee, and shall become vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date and shall be paid pursuant to Section 3(c). In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to Retirement on or before the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited, regardless of whether Step One of Section 1 of this Agreement is satisfied.
(c)
Change in Control . If the Participant is covered by the First Niagara Bank Executive Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended, or successor plan or agreement thereto covering the Participant (the “ Executive CIC Plan ”), on the date of the Termination of Service, then the terms of such Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service shall apply to this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(d)
Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if the Participant’s Service has been terminated for Cause, any unvested shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
(e)
Other Termination . Except as otherwise provided by this Section 4, and except as otherwise provided by the Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service, upon the Termination of Service of the Participant, any unvested shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
5.      Covenants .
(a)
Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise and so advises the Participant in a signed writing, the Participant agrees to comply with this Section 5 while employed by the Company and for the one-year period (an unlimited period for the covenant set forth in Section 5(d) below) immediately following the Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company, regardless of the reason for such Termination of Service.
(b)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, solicit, call on, do business with, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any person or entity that the Participant should reasonably know (i) is a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary

3



for which the Company or any Subsidiary provides any services as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (ii) was a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary for which the Company or any Subsidiary provided any services at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (iii) was, as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, considering retention of the Company or any Subsidiary to provide any services.
(c)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, employ, or offer to employ, call on, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the Participant assist any other person in such activities.
(d)
During the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, and thereafter regardless of the reason for the Termination of Service, the Participant will not disclose or use in any way any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of such employment, all of which is the exclusive and valuable property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not conceived of or prepared by the Participant, other than: (i) information generally known to the public; (ii) as required in the course of employment by the Company or Subsidiary; (iii) as required by any court, supervisory authority, administrative agency or applicable law; or (iv) with the prior written consent of the Compensation Committee or its designee.
(e)
Upon any breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall automatically and immediately terminate and become null and void. In addition, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that a breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 will cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm, and that the Company and its Subsidiaries will therefore be entitled to issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining the Participant, and each and every person and entity acting in concert or participating with the Participant, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach. The Participant further understands and agrees that for the purpose of fashioning an appropriate injunctive remedy, the time period of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall be extended by any time period the Participant is found to be in breach of said covenants. In the event any of this Section 5 is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because unreasonable either as to length of time or area to which said restriction applies, it is the intent of the Participant and the Company and its Subsidiaries that said court reduce and reform the provisions thereof so as to apply to the greatest limitations considered enforceable by the court.
6.      Miscellaneous.
(a)
Delivery of shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with all applicable laws (including, the requirements of the Securities Act), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.
(b)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be adjusted upon the occurrence of the events specified in Section 3.3 of the Plan.

4



(c)
This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Participant.
(d)
Prior to vesting, this Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, encumbered, hypothecated or otherwise transferred except in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.
(e)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(f)
The granting of this Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in the Service of the Company or any Subsidiary.
(g)
In the event of any conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.
(h)
The Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment pursuant to Section 7.17 of the Plan.
(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in order to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any regulations promulgated, or national securities exchange listing conditions adopted, with respect thereto (collectively, the “ Clawback Requirements ”), if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, then the Participant shall return to the Company, or forfeit if not yet paid, the shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare the accounting restatement, based on the erroneous data, in excess of the number of shares that would have vested based on the accounting restatement, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the Clawback Requirements and any policy adopted by the Committee pursuant to the Clawback Requirements.
(j)
Any actions by the Company under this Agreement or the Plan must comply with the law, including regulations and other interpretive action, of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or other entities that supervise any of the activities of the Company. Specifically, any payments to the Participant by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, the Plan or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
(k)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to all laws, regulations and orders of any governmental authority which may be applicable thereto and, notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Stock hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any such law, regulation or order or any provision thereof.
(l)
The Committee will have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation of

5



the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.
(m)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and the treasury regulations promulgated and other official guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistent with such intention. The Dividend Equivalents are intended to be exempt from the provisions of Section 409A, and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistent with such intention. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the Participant is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, any payment to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement that is required to be delayed by six-months by Section 409A shall instead be made on the first day of the month following the expiration of such six-month period.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has executed this Agreement effective as of the Grant Date.                         
                        
 
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kate White
 
 
Kate White, EVP, Managing Director
 
 
of Human Resources and Corporate Communications
 



6


Exhibit 10.3


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Granted by

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

under the

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ” or this “ Agreement ”) is hereby made subject to the provisions of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (including its Subsidiaries where applicable, the “ Company ”), which provisions are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. A copy of the Plan has been provided to the holder of this Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Participant ”), and the Participant hereby accepts this Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees that all decisions under and interpretations of the Plan and this Agreement by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, capitalized terms used herein but not defined will have the meaning given such terms in the Plan. The term “ Stock ” shall refer to the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.
The number of shares of Stock (or share determination formula) under this Restricted Stock Unit Award is set forth in the award notice or email (the “ Award Notice ”) sent to the Participant that sets forth the grant of this Restricted Stock Unit Award and the terms thereof, and such Award Notice is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. This Restricted Stock Unit Award is described in the Award Notice as “Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units.” For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Grant Date ” shall mean the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award was granted to the Participant, as set forth in the Award Notice sent to the Participant. In addition, “ Performance Period ” shall mean the three-year period set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
1.
     Vesting Schedule .
Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to the Participant’s continued Service with the Company through the applicable vesting date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award or portion thereof shall vest upon the certification by the Committee after the end of the Performance Period of the level of achievement of the performance goals set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Performance Goals ”) for the Performance Period.
2.      Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award .
The Restricted Stock Unit Award will be in the form of a bookkeeping entry denominated in the number of shares of Stock subject to this Restricted Stock Unit Award, pending the vesting or forfeiture of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.


1



Terms and Conditions .
(a)
Voting . The Participant will not have the right to vote the shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award unless and until the issuance to the Participant of the underlying shares of Stock that have vested pursuant to Section 1 or Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement.
(b)
Dividend Equivalents . No dividend equivalents will be distributed or paid to the Participant.
( c)
Payment . Except as otherwise provided by Section 4 of this Agreement, payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award that vest pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement, shall be made in shares of Stock in the year following the year in which the Performance Period ends.
(d)
Withholding .
(i)
The Participant shall have the right to direct the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of the federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld upon the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award by withholding a number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
(ii)
In the event that the Participant does not make other arrangements with the Company for the payment of the minimum amount of federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld prior to or at the time of the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, then the Company shall have the right to withhold the number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
4.      Effect of Certain Events .
(a)
Death or Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability, the Performance Goals will be deemed satisfied at target and this Restricted Stock Unit Award will become fully vested for the target number of shares of Stock, and shall be paid in shares of Stock no later than the later of the end of the year in which the Termination of Service occurs and the 15th day of the third month following the date of the Termination of Service, and neither the Participant nor the Participant’s beneficiaries or heirs shall be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the year of payment.
(b)
Retirement . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to Retirement, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will become vested after the end of the Performance Period to the extent of the achievement of the Performance Goals pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, as certified by the Committee, and shall be paid in Shares of Stock in the year following the year in which the Performance Period ends.
(c)
Change in Control . If the Participant is covered by the First Niagara Bank Executive Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended, or successor plan or agreement thereto covering the Participant (the “ Executive CIC Plan ”), on the date of the Termination of Service, then the

2



terms of such Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service shall apply to this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(d)
Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if the Participant’s Service has been terminated for Cause, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
(e)
Other Termination . Except as otherwise provided by this Section 4, and except as otherwise provided by the Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service, if the Participant is covered by the Executive CIC Plan on such date, upon the Termination of Service of the Participant, any unvested shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
5.      Covenants .
(a)
Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise and so advises the Participant in a signed writing, the Participant agrees to comply with this Section 5 while employed by the Company and for the one-year period (an unlimited period for the covenant set forth in Section 5(d) below) immediately following the Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company, regardless of the reason for such Termination of Service.
(b)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, solicit, call on, do business with, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any person or entity that the Participant should reasonably know (i) is a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary for which the Company or any Subsidiary provides any services as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (ii) was a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary for which the Company or any Subsidiary provided any services at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (iii) was, as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, considering retention of the Company or any Subsidiary to provide any services.
(c)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, employ, or offer to employ, call on, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the Participant assist any other person in such activities.
(d)
During the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, and thereafter regardless of the reason for the Termination of Service, the Participant will not disclose or use in any way any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of such employment, all of which is the exclusive and valuable property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not conceived of or prepared by the Participant, other than: (i) information generally known to the public; (ii) as required in the course of employment by the Company or Subsidiary; (iii) as required by any court, supervisory authority, administrative agency or applicable law; or (iv) with the prior written consent of the Compensation Committee or its designee.

3



(e)
Upon any breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall automatically and immediately terminate and become null and void. In addition, Participant agrees and acknowledges that a breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 will cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm, and that the Company and its Subsidiaries will therefore be entitled to issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining the Participant, and each and every person and entity acting in concert or participating with the Participant, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach. Participant further understands and agrees that for the purpose of fashioning an appropriate injunctive remedy, the time period of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall be extended by any time period the Participant is found to be in breach of said covenants. In the event any of this Section 5 is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because unreasonable either as to length of time or area to which said restriction applies, it is the intent of the Participant and the Company and its Subsidiaries that said court reduce and reform the provisions thereof so as to apply to the greatest limitations considered enforceable by the court.
6.      Miscellaneous.
(a)
Delivery of shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with all applicable laws (including, the requirements of the Securities Act), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.
(b)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be adjusted upon the occurrence of the events specified in Section 3.3 of the Plan.
(c)
This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Participant.
(d)
Prior to vesting, this Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, encumbered, hypothecated or otherwise transferred except in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.
(e)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(f)
The granting of this Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in the Service of the Company or any Subsidiary.
(g)
In the event of any conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.
(h)
The Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment pursuant to Section 7.17 of the Plan.
(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in order to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any regulations promulgated, or national securities exchange listing conditions adopted, with respect thereto (collectively, the “ Clawback Requirements ”), if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, then the Participant shall return to the Company, or forfeit if not yet paid, the shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit

4



Award received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare the accounting restatement, based on the erroneous data, in excess of the number of shares that would have vested based on the accounting restatement, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the Clawback Requirements and any policy adopted by the Committee pursuant to the Clawback Requirements.
(j)
Any actions by the Company under this Agreement or the Plan must comply with the law, including regulations and other interpretive action, of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or other entities that supervise any of the activities of the Company. Specifically, any payments to the Participant by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, the Plan or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
(k)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to all laws, regulations and orders of any governmental authority which may be applicable thereto and, notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Stock hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any such law, regulation or order or any provision thereof.
(l)
The Committee will have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.
(m)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is intended to comply with or be exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations promulgated and other official guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistent with such intention. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the Participant is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, any payment to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement that is required to be delayed by six-months by Section 409A shall instead be made on the first day of the month following the expiration of such six-month period.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has executed this Agreement effective as of the Grant Date.

                        
 
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Gary M. Crosby
 
 
Gary M. Crosby
 
 
President and CEO
 

5





EXHIBIT A
PERFORMANCE GOALS
DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR VESTING
Performance Period: January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2017.
Performance-based restricted shares will have a three-year cliff vest based on FNFG’s total shareholder return (TSR) performance relative to an industry index, using the definitions set forth below:
Definitions:
3-year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) reflects the rate of return reflecting price appreciation plus reinvestment of dividends calculated as follows: (Ending stock price - Beginning stock price + Dividends paid) / Beginning stock price. To minimize the effect of a single day’s stock price influencing the TSR calculation, the Company will calculate TSR using an average of the adjusted closing stock price values for the month of December 2014 (prior to the beginning of the 2015 Performance Period) and adjusted closing stock price values for the month of December 2017 (end of the 2015 Performance Period). The source of the adjusted stock price and dividends will be SNL, and if SNL is not available, Yahoo Finance.
Industry Comparator Group refl e cts th e SNL Mid-Cap Bank Index (excluding OTCBB and Pink Sheets traded companies). Banks in this group include $1 Billion to $5 Billion Total Common Market Capitalization. Index component companies will be determined after December 31, 2017. To minimize the concern of survivor bias, the Company will compare the component company list as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2017 and include all companies in both lists. If the Index includes failed banks and those banks’ performance information cannot be obtained, the failed banks will remain listed at the bottom of the group and will be included in the ranking calculation.
PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD DETERMINATION
Following publication of industry peer performance results after the end of the performance period (i.e., December 31, 2017 for the 2015 grants), the Company’s performance relative to the index will be calculated.
Performance level and earned amounts will be determined and shares will vest accordingly. Assuming a minimum threshold performance is achieved, 50% of target awards will be vested. Once threshold performance is achieved, actual awards will be interpolated between 50% - 150% of target to reward for incremental performance relative to the industry comparison group.
Measure
Payout Range
< Threshold
< 35 th  percentile
Threshold
35 th  percentile
Target
50 th  percentile
Stretch
75 th  percentile and above
Relative 3-year TSR
(i.e., percentile rank)
0%
50%
100%
150%
Additional modifier: if TSR is negative (even if above the 35 th percentile), the payout will not exceed threshold payout level in aggregate (e.g., 50% of target).


6


Exhibit 10.4

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Granted by

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

under the

FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ” or this “ Agreement ”) is hereby made subject to the provisions of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (including its Subsidiaries where applicable, the “ Company ”), which provisions are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. A copy of the Plan has been provided to the holder of this Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Participant ”), and the Participant hereby accepts this Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees that all decisions under and interpretations of the Plan and this Agreement by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, capitalized terms used herein but not defined will have the meaning given such terms in the Plan. The term “ Stock ” shall refer to the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.
The number of shares of Stock (or share determination formula) under this Restricted Stock Unit Award is set forth in the award notice or email (the “ Award Notice ”) sent to the Participant that sets forth the grant of this Restricted Stock Unit Award and the terms thereof, and such Award Notice is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. This Restricted Stock Unit Award is described in the Award Notice as “Time-Based Restricted Stock Units.” For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Grant Date ” shall mean the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award was granted to the Participant, as set forth in the Award Notice sent to the Participant.
1.
     Vesting Schedule .
Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to the Participant’s continued Service with the Company through the applicable vesting date, this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall vest as follows:
Step One : If the Company’s Net Operating Income for 2015 is $75 million or greater, as certified by the Committee, then the total number of shares of Stock covered by this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall become subject to the vesting schedule set forth in Step Two below, such that this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be treated as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). If the Company’s Net Operating Income for 2015 is less than $75 million, then the total number of shares of Stock covered by this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be forfeited. “ Net Operating Income ” has the meaning given such term in the Company’s Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
Step Two : If the Company’s Net Operating Income for 2015 is $75 million or greater, as certified by the Committee, then this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall become vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (i.e., three-year cliff vesting).

1



2.      Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award .
The Restricted Stock Unit Award will be in the form of a bookkeeping entry denominated in the number of shares of Stock subject to this Restricted Stock Unit Award, pending the vesting or forfeiture of this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
3.
Terms and Conditions .
(a)
Voting . The Participant will not have the right to vote the shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award unless and until the issuance to the Participant of the underlying shares of Stock that have vested pursuant to Section 1 or Section 4 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement.
(b)
Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents in an amount equal to any cash dividends declared and paid with respect to the shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Dividend Equivalents ”) on the applicable dividend payment date will be distributed and paid to the Participant as soon as practicable after the applicable dividend payment date, but no later than the end of the calendar year in which the applicable dividend payment date occurs.
(c)
Payment . Except as otherwise provided by Section 4 of this Agreement, payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award that vest pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, subject to forfeiture pursuant to Section 5(e) of this Agreement, shall be made in shares of Stock no later than the end of the year in which this Restricted Stock Unit Award vests pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement.
(d)
Withholding .
(i)
The Participant shall have the right to direct the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of the federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld upon the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award by withholding a number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
(ii)
In the event that the Participant does not make other arrangements with the Company for the payment of the minimum amount of federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld prior to or at the time of the payment of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, then the Company shall have the right to withhold the number of shares of Stock (based on the Fair Market Value on the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) otherwise to be paid that are necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be withheld.
(iii)
In the event that the Participant becomes subject to federal, state or local taxes on this Restricted Stock Unit Award before the date that this Restricted Stock Unit Award is paid, the Company shall accelerate the vesting and payment of and shall withhold the number of shares of Stock underlying this Restricted Stock Unit Award (based on the Fair Market Value on the date this Restricted Stock Unit Award becomes subject to such taxes) necessary to satisfy the minimum amount of the taxes required to be

2



withheld, including the payment of federal, state or local taxes on the payment pursuant to this Section 3(d)(iii).
4.      Effect of Certain Events .
(a)
Death or Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will become fully vested, and shall be paid in shares of Stock no later than the later of the end of the year in which the Termination of Service occurs and the 15th day of the third month following the date of the Termination of Service, and neither the Participant nor the Participant’s beneficiaries or heirs shall be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the year of payment.
(b)
Retirement . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service due to Retirement, this Restricted Stock Unit Award will become fully vested so long as the performance requirement set forth in Step One of Section 1 of this Agreement is satisfied and certified by the Committee, and shall be paid in Shares of Stock no later than the later of (i) the end of the year in which the Termination of Service occurs, (ii) the 15th day of the third month following the date of the Termination of Service, and (iii) the year following the year in which the Grant Date occurs, and the Participant shall not be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the year of payment.
(c)
Change in Control . If the Participant is covered by the First Niagara Bank Executive Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended, or successor plan or agreement thereto covering the Participant (the “ Executive CIC Plan ”), on the date of the Termination of Service, then the terms of such Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service shall apply to this Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(d)
Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if the Participant’s Service has been terminated for Cause, any unvested shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
(e)
Other Termination . Except as otherwise provided by this Section 4, and except as otherwise provided by the Executive CIC Plan as in effect on the date of the Termination of Service, if the Participant is covered by the Executive CIC Plan on such date, upon the Termination of Service of the Participant, any unvested shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will expire and be forfeited.
5.      Covenants .
(a)
Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise and so advises the Participant in a signed writing, the Participant agrees to comply with this Section 5 while employed by the Company and for the one-year period (an unlimited period for the covenant set forth in Section 5(d) below) immediately following the Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company, regardless of the reason for such Termination of Service.
(b)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, solicit, call on, do business with, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any person or entity that the Participant should reasonably know (i) is a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary

3



for which the Company or any Subsidiary provides any services as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (ii) was a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary for which the Company or any Subsidiary provided any services at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service; or (iii) was, as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, considering retention of the Company or any Subsidiary to provide any services.
(c)
The Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, employ, or offer to employ, call on, or actively interfere with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the Participant assist any other person in such activities.
(d)
During the Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, and thereafter regardless of the reason for the Termination of Service, the Participant will not disclose or use in any way any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of such employment, all of which is the exclusive and valuable property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not conceived of or prepared by the Participant, other than: (i) information generally known to the public; (ii) as required in the course of employment by the Company or Subsidiary; (iii) as required by any court, supervisory authority, administrative agency or applicable law; or (iv) with the prior written consent of the Compensation Committee or its designee.
(e)
Upon any breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall automatically and immediately terminate and become null and void. In addition, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that a breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 will cause the Company and its Subsidiaries irreparable harm, and that the Company and its Subsidiaries will therefore be entitled to issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining the Participant, and each and every person and entity acting in concert or participating with the Participant, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach. The Participant further understands and agrees that for the purpose of fashioning an appropriate injunctive remedy, the time period of the covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall be extended by any time period the Participant is found to be in breach of said covenants. In the event any of this Section 5 is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because unreasonable either as to length of time or area to which said restriction applies, it is the intent of the Participant and the Company and its Subsidiaries that said court reduce and reform the provisions thereof so as to apply to the greatest limitations considered enforceable by the court.
6.      Miscellaneous.
(a)
Delivery of shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with all applicable laws (including, the requirements of the Securities Act), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.
(b)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be adjusted upon the occurrence of the events specified in Section 3.3 of the Plan.

4



(c)
This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Participant.
(d)
Prior to vesting, this Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, encumbered, hypothecated or otherwise transferred except in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.
(e)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(f)
The granting of this Restricted Stock Unit Award does not confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in the Service of the Company or any Subsidiary.
(g)
In the event of any conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan will be controlling and determinative.
(h)
The Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment pursuant to Section 7.17 of the Plan.
(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in order to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any regulations promulgated, or national securities exchange listing conditions adopted, with respect thereto (collectively, the “ Clawback Requirements ”), if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, then the Participant shall return to the Company, or forfeit if not yet paid, the shares of Stock under this Restricted Stock Unit Award received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare the accounting restatement, based on the erroneous data, in excess of the number of shares that would have vested based on the accounting restatement, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the Clawback Requirements and any policy adopted by the Committee pursuant to the Clawback Requirements.
(j)
Any actions by the Company under this Agreement or the Plan must comply with the law, including regulations and other interpretive action, of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or other entities that supervise any of the activities of the Company. Specifically, any payments to the Participant by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, the Plan or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
(k)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to all laws, regulations and orders of any governmental authority which may be applicable thereto and, notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Stock hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any such law, regulation or order or any provision thereof.
(l)
The Committee will have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation of

5



the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.
(m)
This Restricted Stock Unit Award and the Dividend Equivalents are intended to comply with or be exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and the treasury regulations promulgated and other official guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistent with such intention. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the Participant is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, any payment to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement that is required to be delayed by six-months by Section 409A shall instead be made on the first day of the month following the expiration of such six-month period.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has executed this Agreement effective as of the Grant Date.                         
                        
 
FIRST NIAGARA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Gary M. Crosby
 
 
Gary M. Crosby
 
 
President and CEO
 

6


Exhibit 12



Ratios of earnings to fixed charges and earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges and earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends are calculated in accordance with SEC requirements and computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges and earnings by preferred stock dividend requirements. For purposes of computing these ratios, earnings consist of net income before extraordinary items plus applicable income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits, consist of interest expense on borrowings and one-third of our rental expense, which we deem to represent interest. Preferred share dividend requirements represent the amount of pre-tax income required to pay the dividends on preferred shares. We issued Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, on December 14, 2011, but did not declare any dividends in 2011. Therefore, the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred share dividends is identical to the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Our consolidated ratios for the periods indicated are as follows (amounts in millions):
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
Years ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
 
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before taxes
$
71

$
75

 
$
(824
)
$
423

$
239

$
262

$
212

Fixed charges
37

32

 
133

128

162

195

154

Earnings (loss), including interest on deposits
109

107

 
(692
)
550

401

458

366

Less interest on deposits
15

12

 
53

53

67

83

71

Earnings (loss), excluding interest on deposits
$
93

$
95

 
$
(745
)
$
497

$
335

$
374

$
295

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on deposits
$
15

$
12

 
$
53

$
53

$
67

$
83

$
71

Interest on borrowings
18

17

 
69

64

86

101

77

Estimated interest component of rent expense
4

3

 
11

11

9

11

6

Fixed charges, including interest on deposits
37

32

 
133

128

162

195

154

Less interest on deposits
15

12

 
53

53

67

83

71

Fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
22

20

 
79

75

95

112

83

Preferred stock dividend requirements
12

12

 
48

49

45



Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements
$
34

$
32

 
$
133

$
124

$
140

$
112

$
83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings (loss) to fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excluding interest on deposits
4.26

4.74

 
(9.39
)
6.67

3.51

3.34

3.57

Including interest on deposits
2.92

3.32

 
(5.21
)
4.31

2.48

2.34

2.38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings (loss) to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excluding interest on deposits
2.39

2.58

 
(6.21
)
3.63

2.06

3.34

3.57

Including interest on deposits
1.96

2.15

 
(4.09
)
2.84

1.72

2.34

2.38



1
Exhibit 31.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Gary M. Crosby, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions)

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 
 
Date: May 4, 2015
/s/ Gary M. Crosby
 
Gary M. Crosby
 
President and Chief Executive Officer


1
Exhibit 31.2
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Gregory W. Norwood, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
                    
Date: May 4, 2015
/s/ Gregory W. Norwood
 
Gregory W. Norwood
 
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


1
Exhibit 32
Certification pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Gary M. Crosby, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gregory W. Norwood, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”), each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the Quarterly Report of the Company on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and that to the best of his knowledge:
 
1.
the report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.
the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

                             
Date: May 4, 2015
/s/ Gary M. Crosby
 
Gary M. Crosby
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
                            
                            
Date: May 4, 2015
/s/ Gregory W. Norwood
 
Gregory W. Norwood
 
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


1